The URL can be used to link to this page

R2003-0076 06-09-03RESOLUTION NO. R2003-76 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO ENTER INTO AN INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT WITH BRAZORIA DRAINAGE DISTRICT NO. 4 FOR DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE TOWN DITCH DRAINAGE PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That certain interlocal agreement by and between the City of Pearland and Brazoria Drainage District No. 4, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof for all purposes, is hereby authorized and approved. Section 2. That the City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute and the City Secretary to attest an interlocal agreement with Brazoria Drainage District No. 4, for drainage improvements associated with the Town Ditch Drainage Project. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 9th day of June A.D., 2003. TOM-REID MAYOR ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY Exhibit "A" Resolution No. R2003-76 INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF PEARLAND AND BRAZORIA DRAINAGE DISTRICT NO. 4 TOWN DITCH DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS This Agreement is entered into this 1st day of July, 2003, by and between the City of Pearland, Texas, acting through its City Manager ("City"), and the Brazoria Drainage District No. 4, acting through its Superintendent ("District"). WHEREAS, the City finds that the installation of RCP storm sewers, manholes and Precast Type "E" Inlets is necessary to provide adequate drainage to Town Ditch. The facilities will be installed by an independent contractor appointed by the City, in accordance with the engineering plans provided by Brooks and Sparks, Inc. dated July 2002 and identified as Project No. 7230002; and WHEREAS, the District finds it necessary to mobilize and reshape Town Ditch by 1) excavation and on -site fill, complete in place 2) excavation and off -site disposal, complete in place and 3) imported fill, complete in place in accordance with the engineering plans provided by Brooks and Sparks, Inc. dated July 10, 2002 and identified as Project No. 7230002; and WHEREAS, the excavation and fill will directly impact the District's drainage ditches; and WHEREAS, pursuant to the Interlocal Cooperation Act, Texas Gov. Code, Chapter 791, the City and the District have agreed to contribute certain labor, materials, and equipment for drainage improvements associated with the Town Ditch Project. WITNESSETH: City and the District, for the mutual consideration and covenants set forth below, agree as follows: ARTICLE I SCOPE OF SERVICES 1.1 The District agrees to provide, at its own expense, the necessary labor and equipment to survey, clear, clean out and re-form Town Ditch. Responsibilities shall include clean out of drainage ditches and disposal of material by moving and using the soil that is necessary to re-form the Ditch and spreading the remainder on the Alexander tract. The District shall re-form the levy on the South 1 side of the Ditch and remove certain improvements as determined by the City, within Town Ditch in accordance with the Brooks and Sparks Plans attached hereto as Exhibit "A." 1.2 The City agrees to provide, at its own expense and under a separate contract an independent Contractor appointed by the City and the necessary materials including but not limited to bank sand, RCP in various sizes, CMP, GCSP Fence including Wood, Chain Link, Hog Wire, Barb Wire and manholes, PUC water line pipe, Hydromulch seeding, slope pavers, concrete and rip -rap for drainage improvements associated with the Town Ditch Project. The City shall be responsible for the installation of concrete and fencing within and along the ditch. ARTICLE 11 CONTRACT TIME 2.1 The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period of eight (8) months, commencing on the 1st day of August, 2003, and terminating on the 31 st day of March 2004, at which time, this contract may be automatically renewed in one (1) year increments contingent upon need and the necessary funds being appropriated for said project in accordance with City's and District's annual budgeting process. 2.2 Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in paragraph 2.1. of this Article, this Contract may be terminated at any time after the execution hereof at the option of either Party by giving the other Parties thirty (30) days' written notice. ARTICLE III MISCELLANEOUS 3.1 Payment for services or materials under this agreement shall be payable from current revenues available to the paying party. 3.2 All parties intend that the District, in performing such services, shall act as an independent contractor and shall control its own work and the manner in which it is performed. The District is not to be considered an agent or employee of the City. 3.3 All parties intend that the City, in performing such services, shall act as an independent contractor and shall have control of its own work and the manner in which it is performed. The City is not to be considered an agent or employee of the District. 3.4 The parties expressly agree that no party shall have the right to seek indemnification or contribution from any other party hereto for any losses, costs, 2 expenses, or damages directly or indirectly arising, in whole or in part, from this agreement. 3.5 The City executes this Agreement by and through the City Manager of the City of Pearland, acting pursuant to Order of City Council so authorizing. The District executes this agreement by and through its Superintendent acting pursuant to authorization of the Board of Commissioners of the District. 3.6 Nothing herein shall be construed to make either party a purchaser or consumer of goods or services from the other. 3.7 Nothing herein shall be construed to create any rights in third parties. 3.8 This agreement may only be amended, modified, or supplemented in writing and subsequently dated by the District and the City. 3.9 This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas. SIGNED and ENTERED this 9th day of June ATTEST: CITY OF PEARLAND By: Bill Eisen City Manager , 2003. BRAZORIA DRAINAGE DISTRICT NO. 4 By: n Printed Name: Mike Yost Title: Superintendent 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, on this day personally appeared Bill Eisen, City Manager of the City of Pearland, Texas, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein expressed. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE THIS // DAY OF nC. ,A.D.,20 03 . PERLA N. LEHMAN Y. Notary Public, State of Tads \73 J My Commission Expires: �vl APRIL 2, 2005 (� THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF TEXAS Commission Expires: AL/a,-,%? - Printed Name: ?�-r/ _40 , e-A § BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, on this day personally appeared /)/ 1� , Sper;,se,-,/?ne- of Brazoria Drainage District 4, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein expressed. Li" GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE THIS DAY OF 1C!/YL4_ , A.D., 20 cJ 3 . a/ad,. NOTARY PU C, S TE OF TE Commission Expires: a 5, c2-00, Printed Name: (-€ n - "t V. SfandorP 4 r BROOKS 5 SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEER; N "' wre Project Manual for Town Ditch Drainage Improvements Prepared for: NMI MVO March 2002 AMP BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. .. PRO✓ECT No. 723-002 BROOKS eN SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING Project Manual for Town Ditch Drainage Improvements Prepared for: March 2002 BROOKS tT SPARKS, INC. PROJECT No. 723-0002 AIN AIL r r r r r ADDENDUM NO. 1 OCTOBER 21, 2003 TOWN DITCH IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS BID NO. 2004-06 This Addendum is issued to change or clarify items in the contract documents for the above referenced project. All other items in the contract documents remain in full force and effect. CLAIRIFICATIONS: 1. Portions of the work shown on the plans have been removed from the scope of this bid. The work removed is detailed as follows: a) Site clearing and grubbing — already completed b) Channel excavation and fill including realignment — already completed c) Installation of outfall piping — already completed d) Construction of backslope drainage swales — will be completed after installation of backslope inlets e) Construction of water line — already completed f) Relocation of the fences — fences have been removed and temporary fencing is in place; fences will be permanently relocated by the City at the completion of the work BID PROPOSAL 2. Replace the Bid Proposal pages BP-2 through BP-4 in their entirety with the attached Bid Proposal BP-2 and BP-3 renumber pages not removed accordingly. PLANS 3. Due to unforeseen conditions discovered during the channel realignment the following will need to be added to the plans (all are on the south side of the ditch): a) Manhole at approximate STN 14+85 b) Manhole at approximate STN 17+45 c) Modified "B-B" Inlet at approximate STN 9+84 END OF ADDENDUM ADDENDUM NO. 2 OCTOBER 28, 2003 TOWN DITCH IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS BID NO. 2004-06 This Addendum is issued to change or clarify items in the contract documents for the above referenced project. All other items in the contract documents remain in full force and effect. CLAIRIFICATIONS: 1. Any damage to the channel bottom, side slopes or maintenance berms shall be repaired by the contractor at no additional cost to the owner BID PROPOSAL 2. Replace the Bid Proposal pages BP-2 through BP-3 in their entirety with the attached Bid Proposal BP-2 and BP-3. SPECIFICATIONS 3. Add the attached specification sections 02374, 02376 and 02377 to the documents. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4. Rain days will be credited to the Contractor as per the following: "CONTRACT TIME All time worked on holidays and other than 7:30 a.m. — 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday will be overtime hours. Contractor shall pay all inspection costs for overtime work by City personnel created by Contractor's choice to work other than normal hours. No work will be allowed on Sundays. The contract time as defined in this proposal and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain/mud days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 80 days calculated from all precipitation days of record, including trace amount days. Contractor is required to keep a record of rain/mud days at the site. Record of rain/mud days must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector Monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittals. At the end of the Contract, Contractor shall be credited only the number of accepted rain/mud days that exceed 80 rain/mud days per year, or any proportionate fraction thereof." END OF ADDENDUM • SECTION 02377 BROOKS 3 SPARKS, INC. CONCRETE PILOT CHANNEL CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES • A. Requirements for the construction of concrete pilot channel. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement and payment is as noted in the Bid Proposal. B. Toewalls, seal slab,joints,joint materials, weep holes and other such items shall be considered incidental to the concrete pilot channel. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. emi PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Provide structural concrete for the concrete channel lining. Refer to Section 03305 - .. Cast-In-Place Concrete Work. . B. Provide non-structural concrete for the seal slab. Refer to Section 03305 - Cast-In- Place Concrete Work. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND FILL A. Excavate the channel as per Section 02220 - Earthwork. 44. 3.02 FORMS A. For concrete designed without retarding agents and ambient temperatures are above 50-degrees F., leave pilot channel wall forms in place until concrete has attained a compressive strength of 1000 psi or a minimum of 12-hours after the concrete is placed, which ever is later. B. For concrete designed with retarding agents and/or ambient temperatures are below ^` 50-degrees F., remove forms when approved by the Engineer. 02377 - 1 Page 1 of 2 r■ 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Screed the concrete surface to be true within 1/4 inch in 10 feet. END OF SECTION 02377 - 2 Page 2 of 2 INS • int r tow gm 00 BROOKS otS SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02374 ARTICULATING CONCRETE BLOCK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for the installation of articulating concrete block. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement and payment is as noted in the Bid Proposal. B. No separate payment will be made for geotextile and grout required for the instillation of the articulating concrete block. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. B. ASTM C140 - Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units. C. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. D. ASTM C476 - Grout for Masonry. E. ASTM D698 - Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS A. Inspect blocks delivered to the site for damage, unload and store with a minimum of handling. Protect the concrete blocks from construction traffic damage. Do not store concrete blocks directly on the ground and keep them free of dirt and debris. B. Handle materials to ensure delivery to the site in a sound, undamaged condition. Protect geotextile filter fabric in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit product information sheets containing product description, statement of intended/designed use of product and product photographs. 02374 - 1 Page 1 of 3 C. Grout mix design. • 2.01 MATERIALS A. Blocks f f f i r r r t r r r r PART2 PRODUCTS 1. Provide drycast positive interlocking open -cell articulating concrete block for hand placement. 2. The physical requirements for the concrete in the blocks are: a. A minimum 4,000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. b. A maximum water absorption of 7 percent c. A minimum specific weight of 130 lbs./ft3. d. Cement shall conform to ASTM C150. 3. Provide articulating concrete block meeting the minimum hydraulic stability requirements. 4. Provide concrete blocks cast of approved aggregate with no slump concrete and machine made by vibration compression. 5. Provide aggregate meeting the aggregate requirements of ASTM C33, except grading. 6. The open area of the assembled blocks shall range from 18-23 percent open area, which may stem from penetrations within the concrete blocks or from the non -grouted spacing between blocks. B. Structural Grout 1. Provide grout mixture that is coarse and proportioned in accordance with ASTM C476. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 FOUNDATION PREPARATION A. Construct areas on which the geotextile and concrete block are to be placed in accordance with Section 02221 - Excavation and Backfilling for Utilities. 3.02 GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC A. Underlay all concrete block with a geotextile filter fabric in accordance with Section 02621 - Geotextile. 02374 - 2 Page 2 of 3 r PO 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE BLOCKS A. Install concrete blocks in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. The manufacturer's qualified representative shall be present during the first week of placement to assist the Contractor and provide on -call assistance when requested by the Engineer. B. No blocks shall project more than inch vertically beyond adjacent blocks. C. Prevent damage to the soil surface after foundation preparation and prior to block placement. Make necessary repairs to the slope surface before continuing at no cost to the Owner. D. Structural grouting is required where the gap between adjacent concrete blocks or abutting structures in greater than 1-inch. Place grout in a manner to minimize voids. E. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer, when abutting structures, such as culverts, piers, and bridge abutments, backfill blocks with topsoil and hydromulch seed. F. Place individual blocks to interlock side -to -side and/or end -to -end in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. G. As the installation progresses, backfill the perimeter termination trenches and compact the fill. 3.04 FINISHING A. Inspect the concrete block system for damage prior to filling. Replace individual blocks that are broken. ,.. B. Fill the voids of the concrete blocks to 1-inch above the block with topsoil in accordance with Section 02911 - Topsoil and hydromulch in accordance with Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seding. C. No more than 7 days shall pass between placement of the geotextile and the backfilling of the concrete blocks to prevent damage from ultraviolet radiation to the ,. geotextile. A 3.05 MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Refer to Section 01564 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 02374-3 Page 3 of 3 T • • r r ■ r r • • ✓ • • BROOKS LG SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02377 CONCRETE PILOT CHANNEL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for the construction of concrete pilot channel. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement and payment is as noted in the Bid Proposal. B. Toewalls, seal slab, joints, joint materials, weep holes and other such items shall be considered incidental to the concrete pilot channel. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Provide structural concrete for the concrete channel lining. Refer to Section 03305 - Cast -In -Place Concrete Work. B. Provide non-structural concrete for the seal slab. Refer to Section 03305 - Cast -In - Place Concrete Work. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND FILL A. Excavate the channel as per Section 02220 - Earthwork. 3.02 FORMS A. For concrete designed without retarding agents and ambient temperatures are above 50-degrees F., leave pilot channel wall forms in place until concrete has attained a compressive strength of 1000 psi or a minimum of 12-hours after the concrete is placed, which ever is later. B. For concrete designed with retarding agents and/or ambient temperatures are below 50-degrees F., remove forms when approved by the Engineer. 02377 - 1 Page 1 of 2 rii ADDENDUM NO. 3 OCTOBER 29, 2003 TOWN DITCH IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS BID NO. 2004-06 This Addendum is issued to change or clarify items in the contract documents for the above referenced project. All other items in the contract documents remain in full force and effect. CLAIRIFICATIONS: 1. Expansion joints shall be placed at 40 ft. intervals. 2. Regular rate for City inspector is $18.00/hour, overtime is $27.00/hour. A City inspector will be required on site at any time the Contractor is performing work for the City. END OF ADDENDUM 110 i alb NO OM TABLE OF CONTENTS I. NOTICE TO PROPOSERS II. INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION FOR PROPOSERS III. BID PROPOSAL IV. STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT V. PROPOSAL BOND VI. PERFORMANCE BOND VII. PAYMENT BOND VIII. AFFIDAVIT OF BILLS PAID IX. LABOR CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE SCALE X. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT XI. WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE XII. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT XIII. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS No. of Pages 01010 Summary of Work 2 01015 Contractor's Use of Premises 3 01025 Measurement and Payment 3 01300 Submittals 3 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 2 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 10 01526 Trench Safety System 3 01564 Waste Material Disposal 1 01567 Filter Fabric Fence 3 01569 Stabilized Construction Exits 4 01700 Contract Closeout 2 01710 Clean Up 4 01720 Project Record Documents 2 01731 Cutting and Patching 3 02082 Precast Concrete Manholes 9 02084 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 3 02086 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, and Valve Boxes to Grade 3 02200 Earthwork 6 02221 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 13 02251 Utility Backfill Materials 9 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 3 02374 Articulating Concrete Block 3 02376 Concrete Channel Lining 1 02377 Concrete Pilot Channel 2 02447 Augering Pipe for Water Lines 7 02493 Rip Rap 2 02506 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe 5 02513 Wet Connections 2 02514 Disinfection of Water Lines 3 02515 Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines 3 02570 Water Lines 9 02610 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 5 02611 Reinforced Concrete Pipe 3 02621 Geotextile 3 02630 Polyethylene Wrap 5 02642 Corrugated Metal Pipe 7 02720 Storm Sewers 7 02911 Topsoil 2 02922 Sodding 4 02932 Hydromulch Seeding 3 03210 Structural Concrete Reinforcement 10 03305 Cast -In -Place Concrete Work 17 03370 Concrete Curing 4 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE TO PROPOSERS CITY OF PEARLAND NOTICE TO PROPOSERS 2004-006 1. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK The location of the work is in the CITY OF PEARLAND, BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS, at Town Ditch between Highway 35 and Old Alvin Road. 2. Proposals, in duplicate, will be received by the City of Pearland (Owner). 3. Sealed proposals, addressed to the City of Pearland, Texas, will be received until October 30, 2003 at 4:OOPM, and then publicly opened and read, for furnishing all labor, material, and equipment, and performing all work required for the: City of Pearland Town Ditch Improvements 2004-006 Sealed proposal shall be delivered to Gordon Island, Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581. Proposals received after closing time will be returned unopened. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 4. A non -mandatory pre -bid meeting for all interested parties will be held on October 23, 2003 at 4:OOPM, in the City of Pearland City Hall. 5. All proposals shall be accompanied by a Bid Bond or Cashier's Check in the amount of 5% of the proposal from a Surety Company; as a guarantee that the proposer will enter into a contract and execute Performance and Payment Bond within ten (10) days after award by City Council. Proposals without Bid Bond will not be considered. 6. The successful proposer must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds upon an approved standard form in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price from an approved Surety Company licensed by the Texas Board of Insurance Commissioners. 7. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any and all proposals and to waive informalities in proposals received. The award will be made to the lowest responsible bidder. NTP - 1 8. Plans, specifications, and contract documents may be secured from the office of Brooks & Sparks, Inc., 15915 Katy Frwy., Suite 440, Houston, Texas 77094, (281) 578-9595, with a deposit of $100.00, non-refundable. Information and Bid Documents: Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review: City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 281-652-1600 Associated General Contractors of America Inc. 3825 Dacoma Street Houston, Texas 77092-8717 713-843-3700 F. W. Dodge/McGraw Hill Information Services 4101 Greenbriar, Suite 320 Houston, Texas 77098 713-529-4895 Associated General Contractors of America Inc. 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 713-334-7100 9. Bidders should carefully examine the plans, specifications, and other documents, visit the site of the work, and fully inform themselves as to all conditions and matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof. Should a bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the plans, specifications, or other documents, or should be in doubt as to their meaning, he should at once notify the Engineer and obtain clarification prior to submitting any proposal. Gordon Island Purchasing Officer NTP - 2 INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION FOR PROPOSERS INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPOSERS 1. PROPOSAL FORMS: All proposals must be completely filled out on the specified proposal forms without modification or provisions, except those required. 1.1 Two (2) separate copies of the proposal forms will be furnished to each proposer. The proposals shall be made out in duplicate and filed with the OWNER. Do not fill out and submit the proposal form in the bound book containing the contract document and technical specifications. 1.2 The proposal must be clearly and legibly filled out in ink or typewritten. In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating the prices tendered or the conditions of the proposal, the OWNER reserves the right to consider the most favorable construction price thereof or to throw out the proposal from the consideration altogether as it may see fit. 1.3 Proposals must be authoritatively executed. Proposals carrying riders or qualifications which modify the proposal as submitted will be rejected as irregular. 2. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS, PLANS AND SITE INSPECTION: Proposers are required to carefully examine contract documents, specifications, and plans and visit the site of the work to fully inform themselves of all conditions which may in any way affect the proposal submitted. 3. PROPOSAL SECURITY: A acceptable proposer's bond payable to the OWNER, in an amount not less than five (5) percent of the largest possible total for the proposal submitted must accompany each proposal in the sealed envelope. The bond will be a guarantee that proposer will enter into Contract and execute Performance and Payment Bonds immediately after notice of award. All proposal securities will be refunded to Proposer within fifteen (15) days after opening except the three (3) lowest responsible proposers, whose proposals will be held until successful proposer has executed contract and bond. 4. STATEMENT OF PROPOSERS QUALIFICATIONS: Proposers may at the OWNER's discretion be required to furnish a statement of the proposer's financial resources, his construction experience and his organization available for the work contemplated with the proposal. The OWNER shall have the right to take such steps as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the proposer to perform the work and the proposer shall furnish to the OWNER all such information and data for this purpose as the OWNER may request. The right is reserved to reject any proposal where such information by the investigation does not satisfy the OWNER that the proposer is qualified to carry out properly the terms of the contract. In determining the lowest responsible proposer, the following elements shall be considered. Whether the proposers involved: (a) maintains a permanent place of business; (b) has adequate plant equipment to do the work properly and expeditiously; (c) has a suitable financial status to IB-1 meet obligations incidental to the work; (d) has appropriate technical experience; and (e) has a satisfactory past performance record. 5. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND: The person or firm to whom the contract is awarded will be required to furnish a Performance and Payment Bond executed by a surety company authorized to do business in the State of Texas in an amount equal to one hundred (100) percent of the contract price, conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract and upon payment of all persons supplying labor or furnishing materials. This bond must meet the approval of the OWNER. 6. RECEIPTED BILLS: Each monthly request for payment under the Contract must be supplemented with receipted payrolls, receipts from the subcontractors and receipts from materials vendors for labor performed and/or materials delivered during the preceding month. The Proposers's attention is called to Chapter 45, Acts of the Regular Session of the 43rd Legislature relating to the penalties for underpayment of workmen, etc. 7. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS: Proposals received prior to the time of opening will be securely kept, unopened. The officer whose duty is to open them will decide when the specified time has arrived, and no proposal received thereafter will be considered; except that when a proposal arrived by mail after the time fixed for opening, but before the award is made, and it is shown to the satisfaction of the officer authorized to make the award that the non -arrival on time was due solely to delays in the mails for which the proposers was not responsible, such proposal may be received and considered. No responsibility will attach to an officer for the premature opening of a proposal not properly addressed and identified. 7.1 Proposers are cautioned to allow ample time for transmittal of proposals by mail or otherwise. Proposers should secure correct information relative to the probable time of arrival and distribution of mail at the place where proposals are to be opened; and, so far as practicable, make due allowance for possible delays in receipt of proposals. 8. WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be withdrawn on written or telegraphic request dispatched by the Proposers in time for delivery in the normal course of business prior to the time fixed for opening; provided that telegraphic withdrawal is confirmed in writing over the signature of the proposers within forty-eight (48) hours thereafter. Negligence on the part of the proposer in preparing the proposal covers no rights for the withdrawal of the proposal after it has been opened. IB-2 gEl .01 9. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all proposals. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any proposals having erasures or corrections in the price sheet maybe rejected, any proposals which omits a proposal on any one or more items in the price sheet may be rejected, any proposal in which unit prices are omitted or in which unit prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected, any proposal accompanied by an insufficient or irregular certified check may be rejected. 10. ADDENDA: Proposers desiring further information or interpretation of Plans and Specifications must make request for such information in writing to the Engineer prior to forty- eight (48) hours before the proposal opening. Answers to all such requests will be given in writing to all proposers, in Addendum form, and all Addenda will be found with, and made a part of, the Contract Documents. No other explanation or interpretation will be considered official or binding. Should a proposer find discrepancies in, or omissions from the Plans, Specifications, or other contract Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should at once notify the Engineer in order that a written Addendum may be sent to all proposers. 11. AWARD OF CONTRACT: The notice of award of contract shall be given by the OWNER within sixty (60) days following the date of the opening of proposals. The award will be made to the lowest, responsible proposer meeting specifications as determined by the OWNER. 12. LAWS AND REGULATIONS: The attention of all proposers is directed to the Federal rules and local laws and regulations, in reference to labor, materials, equipment, contract documents, proposal of work, bonds, and all other matters pertaining to the relationship between OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER. 13. EMPLOYEES - COMPLIANCE WITH IMMIGRATION LAWS: The CONTRACTOR warrants, by execution of this Contract, that he/she has complied with all federal laws and requirements thereofregarding immigration and citizenship and that all of his/her employees are qualified employees, as dictated therein. 14. DISTRIBUTION: The project documents will be placed in the plan room at Associated General Contractors of America and Dodge Reports. IB-3 BID PROPOSAL {: f: ? -� bJ BID PROPOSAL TO: hlayor':'orn Reid THE CII'V OF PEARLAND 3:519 Liberty Drive Pearlatk., Texas 77581 CiEP'1TLEvIEN: THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, having examined the plans, specifications, and other proposed Contract I)oc rnents, and all Addenda thereto and being acquainted with the fully understanding: (;t) the it and character of the work covered by this proposal; (1)) the 1.xc:ation. arrangement, and specified requirements for the proposed work; (� ) the: IocatioA, character, and condition of existing facilities, pavements, walks, driveways, gutters, tree;;, and utilities, which may affect or be affected by the proposed work; (c } the naiuz:. and extent of the work to be made, and the type, character and general condition of materials to be excavated; (e) the difficulties and hazards to the work which might be caused by bad weather; (f loca. condi ions relative to labor, transportation, hauling and rail delivery facilities; e all other factors and conditions affecting or which may be affected by the work. IMP (g) Vie E 'HEREBY PROPOSE to furnish all required materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and to perform all necessary labor and supervision; and to construct, install, erect, equip, and complete all work stipulated in, required by, and in accordance with the contract documents and the plans, specifications, and other documents referred to therein (as altered, amended, or modified by all addenda thereto) for and in consideration of the following prices: BP - 1 1 PROPOV. r.► UM TM!ITV [1rtpVA01 AWr\ •rL'VAV rcc+iZ:1. SASE SID 1'Ii'F.14 i T:'It.i 1H/1. ITV t er-piDTTA1�i irwrrr Cat .t' � FTIE CGtF:.G�. rail e:.: ^ ::ii,-:z :e... • cciEc-cae: -r i :1:c•AL cazr-.. _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _— _ _� ` __ _ . ' .. ^ _ ._ i IM eipiiizatian L.J. L.F. 1 1,309. h=/'t`� Tho�,s�i'2 I ,3000� ,soOd/ijs-�I.. !/ lam, 2 Concrete Yilet Channel, 8' Hoge, Complete M P1 ce _� f.L1/4 1 ii 'r poi/fir) ! 00 __-- sit zoo OV — Concrete J ..a-.�zte F1iut >�1..18fifiu, 1'tArtiiiw uue� "o Bottom to 24' Bottom, Coi 1cte isPlace Liz. 463 /� JsLV!it S tU AN anll l'S% �-_ b p 4... -,-O,•_ % 4 Modified C.O.P. 'Berm Inlet', All Depths. Complete in Place E.A. 11 C, NL, '760(i p to rb/thes 00 p "-- t 11000 ©r, 1000 $ Rip Rap, Complete in Place S.Y. 1,700 �h,R �i U L po i��s 3 5 b S sli so o 6 0 _--- 6 Articulating Concrete Block, Complete in Place S.F. 700 -�'i u /..Do/lnrs S ` a 7 Concrete Slope Paving, Complete in Place S.Y. I,900 pa/1 krs �S �� O 6 8 1`ype''C Manhole, Complete in Place RA. 5 ".7'4,0 7'h.o.t,spa n ' '" ► irdr j A,000 oc� ---� /L7 00 0 O-o 9 HydrortwIch vending. (ornplete is Place Acre 9 TW �kV�% Nt�N /,�^,w� po1I�Y'S � ?-� 6� (o3°0 10 Cannel Dewatcring, As Approved by the Engineer Clnt�lde in Place L.P. 1,700 Ai ^^fiArs o /� �� by 11 St. Aogistine Sod, Complete in Place _I S.Y. 2,300 %hl'�� Doi/ems ©'� 3 �� o0 6 9 �- RP - 2 AIA/1 1' 1r191 M 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B.A-%BID FTratiS Qnn2rw.d:`{: Cement Stabilized Sand, As Directed by the Engineer, Complete in Place • ...•.• 1 If :. .i.. al •••i' •Rl. -. s�. a •.J s l .L.FiPSLalllE 1, %}.,Att r11 ! J.a$ i Vi1i 1 �iva:� C.Y. 1 w 1/ 13 I tx' n V 30 ... 3n M dr. s Dollar amounts in p icn hes= represent the nnelna w Spt price bad SUBTOTAL 30101100 ** These l Le. r-t ey,.:i wt saw. stint. •' Term, BAsE 100 p/ Total AU Materials Lenin Place $ /fa// Test AB Other Casts $ 1 2•f j C O °� ' •= Total Base Bid $ 3c ! ICO tit-3 ADDENDUM 2 r r amou::cs hid for TOTAL BASE BID include all costs, commissions, overhead, permits, and I ar Hera; r►:qui2ed and necessary for the complete work as specified. I'' acknovi le ig:; receipt of the addenda listed below and the total bid price has been adjusted E cc -ding ;, . 1 d , a.-'1 -i ! — :.y"Gt) ' I:� 7 :brni i.i:i. the 3i'g, I/We, do so with the understanding that all Contract Documents, Drawings, E tic,i:u arid .Addenda are completely understood and that there is no doubt as to the intent and s.c.1;e ofi':: work to be accomplished. I T I! ` bie a st c►ti '.ed of the acceptance of this BID, I We will: F.irni;;h Payment and Performance Bonds in accordance with approved forms, to be paid by me/us fi: r t:r.e proper completicn of the work as specified and in the time allotted, the said bond_, to be issued for one h.uricred percent (100%) of the amount of the total contract sums. Said ::tc:td:; shall conform to the laws of Texas. O Fu ri:.;:h a :: ontractual schedule satisfactory to owner immediately after written notice to ptuci:!ed. T 1i :::nde: si :.pne:acknowledges that the Contract entered into by and between the City and the Bidder v ill De a ";:;e:p hated contract" under Sections 151.056(b) and 151.011(a) of the Texas Tax Code and C al: :otrol 1 e:':: F::Lk 3 TAC, Section 291, and the undersigned submits the following amounts for use a; it: sep armed :ontract amounts for use in the Contract if the undersigned is the successful Bidder: ThePrice ro:` In - :Li ;e Materials to be incorporated into the Project: ! 1516,/C'o Ob 20,000 L3C6il o0 1 is Price o:E La)o:, Profit, Materials not In -Place and all other charges: TO:: AL: ;:1yfrist A;iree with Base Bid): The ande:ai c:ec. also acknowledges that prior to execution ofthe Contract he will furnish "separated c )r;t:: act" t:.mc ur rs for any Alternatives or Unit Prices accepted by the Owner. It is ;::greed that, in the event the undersigned fails to enter into such contract ar..d furnish such bonds R it^ n the: ti.r_ie i.nd in the manner required, the bidder will forfeit to owner, as liquidated damages, tl e bidder's bond, as. provided in the specifications. BP-5 Pol I)atL: Ica•- E:ti i t and (: f . ou i) i c a;ec: and understand that Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids. (F.:-:1pan,y ]`,1;:ni:: J7 -Pr, ss �- ress: 1 ,I4, v111 77-ib/S h w2a0 T( 77331 -7/3-.2.49 - 717i BP-6 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Alga STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this, the day of 2001, by and between the CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, a home rule city of the County of Brazoria and State of Texas, duly incorporated and existing under and by virtue of the Constitution and the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through the undersigned City Manager as attested to by the City Secretary of the CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, thereunto duly authorized so to do, hereinafter called "OWNER", and , a corporation duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, acting by and through a duly authorized officer hereof as attested to by the Secretary of said corporation, of the City of , County of , State of , hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR". WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond(s) bearing even date herewith, the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as the Town Ditch Improvements all necessary work of every kind or nature, including all extra work in connection herewith necessary Agreement - 1 to complete said improvements, under the terms as stated in the General Conditions of Agreement and at its own proper cost and expense, to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Contract Documents, together with CONTRACTOR's written Proposal, the General Conditions of Agreement and the Performance and Payment Bonds hereto attached, all of which are made a part hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the entire Contract. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work immediately after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to it and to substantially complete the same within 180 calendar days after the date of the written notice to commence work, subject to such extensions of time as shall be specified in the contract documents or shall have been specifically agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, which writing shall be attached to this contract as a part hereof. The CONTRACTOR warrants, by execution of this Contract, that he/she has complied with all federal laws and requirements thereof regarding immigration and citizenship and that all of his/her employees are qualified employees, as dictated therein. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds, the price or prices, including the Base Bid and any Alternate Bid Items totalling $ shown in the Proposal, which forms a part of this Contract. Such payments shall be subject to the contract documents. Agreement - 2 The undersigned persons executing this Contract and all other documents executed simultaneously herewith, do certify and attest that they are executing the same in their capacity as herein stated as the act and deed of the corporation and that they have authority to do so under the terms of the Charter, By -Laws and Resolutions of said corporation and that, unless more specifically set out in the Charter or By -Laws of said corporation, the following is an excerpt of the official minutes of said corporation as found and contained in the official minute book of said corporation: -41 RESOLVED that , an officer of this corporation holding the office of , is authorized to execute, for and on behalf of this corporation, a Contract with the OWNER, a copy of which is attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", upon the same being duly attested to by the Secretary of this corporation as the act and deed of this corporation. Agreement - 3 Aft IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City Manager of the CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, as attested to by the City Secretary of the CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, hereunto, has executed this Agreement in the year and date first above written, under the authority granted to them under the provisions of Ordinance No. , an Ordinance duly enacted by the City Council of the CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS. Alan Mueller, Interim City Manager City of Pearland, Texas ATTEST: Young Lorfing City Secretary CONTRACTING CORPORATION (CONTRACTOR) Officer Office Held ATTEST: Secretary Agreement - 4 PROPOSAL BOND PROPOSAL BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, , as Principal, and , as Surety, are hereby held• and firmly bound unto the City of Pearland, Texas, as OWNER in the amount of which represents five percent (5%) of the amount proposed for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns. The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to a certain PROPOSAL, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing for the Town Ditch Improvements. NOW THEREFORE: (a) (b) If said PROPOSAL shall be rejected or; If said PROPOSAL shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said PROPOSAL) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said PROPOSAL; then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Proposal Bond - 1 min OWNER may accept such PROPOSAL, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. EXECUTED, this the day of , 2002. Principal Surety By: By: (Power of Attorney Attached) ATTEST/SEAL: BY: TITLE: IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing BONDS must be licensed to transact business in the State of Texas. Proposal Bond - 2 PERFORMANCE BOND PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT: That of the City of County of and State of , as principal, and authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, (Owner), in the penal sum of dollars ($ ) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these present: the WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated day of _ , 2001, to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as the Town Ditch Improvements which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe Performance Bond - 1 and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice or any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IT IS FURTHER PROVIDED herein that pursuant to this undertaking, the Principal hereof and the Surety shall both be bound for such period of warranty as shall be expressed and set out in the General Conditions of Agreement, under the terms and conditions thereof and for an additional period of one (1) year as is provided for in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statues of Texas as amended. Performance Bond - 2 i i i i i i PAYMENT BOND Bond No. 104205851 STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT: THAT TJ&T Enterprises, Inc. County of Harris , and State of Texas as principal. and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF Three Hundred Six Thousand PEARLAND, TEXAS, (Owner), in the penal sum of One Hundred and 00/100 dollars ($ 306, 100.00) for the a}yment whereof, the said Princi al and Suret y bind themselves and their p p } heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these present: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated ■• the day of , 2003, to complete the Town Ditch Improvements which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copies at length herein. NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then. this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Payment Bond - 1 PROVIDED,HOWEVER,that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety,for value received,stipulates and agrees that no change,extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. I I I I r I I I Payment Bond - 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this, the day of , 2003. TJ&T Enterprises, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Principal Surety B j}`<!'" r V Don Weidenfeller Title: (1/66 /—� ` Title: Attorney-In-Fact Address: P.O. Box 1136 Address: 14450 T.C. Jester Boulevard, Suite 100 Cypress, Texas 77410-1136 Houston, Texas 77014 The name and address of the Resident (Registered) Agent of Surety is: Don Weidenfeller c/o Summit Global Partners of Texas, Inc. Three Riverway, Suite 1000, Houston, Texas 77056 Payment Bond - 3 This bond having been reviewed, is accepted by the CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, (Owner) on this, the /f day of C6"/10b4- . 2003. E\Sey) City Manager FCity of Pearland, Texas ``0,0111F11,,,,, Q�P,RI_AAj0 „'......... . F' • v 0 S11. c1� A'FTE .j: 4 • • • `` • ng L tng •� City Secretary I Payment Bond - 4 I TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford,Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, so corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Edward Arens,Philip Baker,Steven E.White,Don Weidenfeller, of Houston,Texas,their 11. true and lawful Attorneys)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies,which Resolutions are now 1111 in full force and effect: VOTED: That the Chairman,the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President,any Second Vice President,the Treasurer,any Assistant Treasurer,the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds,recognizances,contracts of indemnity,and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking,and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee on and revoke the power given him or her. VOTED: That the Chairman,the President,any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary. Ps VOTED: That any bond,recognizance,contract of indemnity,or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when(a)signed by the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary,or(b)duly executed(under seal,if required)by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority. r This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY gin COMPANY,which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and r certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. r OM P. ( (11-00 Standard) a IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY have caused this instrument to be 6. signed by their Senior Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 24th day of September, 2003. STATE OF CONNECTICUT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA a TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY )SS.Hartford FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY COUNTY OF HARTFORD ,C T 0 .....,„•141e.....'.7. /11.' -''' y HA rat i a HARTFORD, < 0 1982 o By ,, CDNN. cd` •c ,' George W. Thompson '. ��a, `61 �0�' `y , �`' Senior Vice President On this 24th day of September, 2003 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who,being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, the am corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of his/her office under the Standing Resolutions thereof. G•T . .. t MA Quo.+ # .ourimvp * 0, Ni` My commission expires June 30,2006 Notary Public Ism Marie C.Tetreault ism CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, stock corporations of _ the State of Connecticut, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the Certificate of Authority,are now in force. NM Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company,in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this day of ,20 . y M4 J'xtY Apes 0÷0.SU,1).< ~ B � tiARTFoRa, A W HARTFORD, < Z 19 8 2�' O y £ s CONN. ; �c .,,D Kori M. Johanson .41, � '`b1 . ,a�' "'- , �`' Assistant Secretary, Bond a S a p Travelers J I IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATI ON OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: You may contact Travelers Casualty & Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty & Surety Company, Travelers Indemnity Company, Standard Fire Insurance Company and/or Farmington Casualty Company for information or to make a complaint at: Travelers Bond Attn: Claims 1500 Market Street West Tower, Suite 2900 Philadelphia, PA 19102 (267) 675-3130 (267) 675-3102 Fax You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain the information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: Texas Department of Insurance P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 (800) 252-3439 P ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND. This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253-021, Government Code, and Section 53.202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. I F r Travelers IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE • On November 26, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the "Act"). The Act establishes a short-term program under which the Federal Government will share in the payment of covered losses caused by certain acts of international terrorism. We are providing you with this notice to inform you of the key features of the Act, and to let you know what effect, if any, the Act will have on your premium. Under the Act, insurers are required to provide coverage for certain losses caused by international acts of terrorism as defined in the Act. The Act further provides that the Federal Government will pay a share of such losses. Specifically, the Federal Government will pay 90% of the amount of covered losses caused by certain acts of terrorism which is in excess of Travelers' statutorily established deductible for that year. The Act also caps the amount of terrorism-related losses for which the Federal Government or an insurer can be responsible at $100,000,000,000.00, provided that the insurer has met its deductible. I Please note that passage of the Act does not result in any change in coverage under the attached policy or bond (or the policy or bond being quoted). Please also note that no separate additional premium charge has been made for the terrorism coverage required by the Act. The premium charge that is allocable to such coverage is inseparable from and imbedded in your overall premium, and is no more than one percent of your premium. I 1 Client#: 48101 552TJTENTER ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE( 3/DD/YYYY) PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Summit Global Partners of Texas, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Three Riverway, Suite 1000 HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. 1Houston, TX 77056-1909 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIL# INSURED INSURER A: Bituminous Casualty Corporation TJ&T Enterprises, Inc. INSURER B: United National Insurance Company P. O. Box 1136 INSURER C: Cypress, TX 77410-1136 INSURER D: I INSURER E: COVERAGES '+ THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED.NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH JtiPOLICIES.AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. SR ADD'L POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION TR INSRC TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE(MM/DD/YY) DATE(MM/DD/YY) LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY CLP3166090 05/25/03 05/25/04 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 1 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREM PREMISES(EaAMAGE TO ENTED occurrencel $50,000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 11 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 POLICY n E a n LOC A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CAP3166091 05/25/03 05/25/04 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT di $1,000,000 X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) $ 1 X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) JGARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ J B EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABIUTY CU0081829 05/25/03 05/25/04 EACH OCCURRENCE $3,000,000 OCCUR X CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $3,000,000 $ 1 _ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC3166089 05/25/03 05/25/04 X TOR ORY STATU I VS OTH- EMPLOYERS'LIABIUTY LIM ER j ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTNE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 Oyes,de/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 OTHER ai DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS Re: Town Ditch Drainage Improvements, between Highway 35 and Old Alvin Road, Project#723-0002. Blkt Addl Insd(GL,AL)p/written contract, Blkt Waiver of Subrogation(GL,AL,WC) p/written contract.Addl Insd &Waiver follow form (UMB) in favor of City of Pearland, c/o Brooks &Sparks, Inc., its officers, agents, and employees. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION J City of Pearlandc/o Brooks &Sparks Inc. DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL fin DAYS WRITTEN Attn: Gordon Island NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL Purchasing Officer IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABIUTY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR J 3519 Liberty Dr. REPRESENTATIVES. Pearland, TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE / // ACORD 25(2001/08) 1 of 2 #S371088/M339735 `VV/!i ANI o ACORD CORPORATION 1988 1 IMPORTANT 1 If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate 1 holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). I DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between J. the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. I 1 1 J. J. 1 J. J. 1 1 ACORD 25-S(2001/08) 2 of 2 #S371088/M339735 I I I I V F V I AFFIDAVIT OF BILLS PAID I I I I I I I I I AFFIDAVIT OF BILLS PAID STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared party to that certain Contract entered into on the day of , 2001, between and for the erection, construction, and completion of certain improvements and/or additions upon the following described premises, to wit: Town Ditch Improvements Said party being by me duly sworn states upon oath that the said improvements have been erected and completed in full compliance with the above referred to Contract and the agreed plans and specifications therefor. Deponent further states that he has paid all bills and claims for materials furnished and labor performed on said Contract and that there are no outstanding unpaid bills or legal claims for labor performed or materials furnished upon said job. r ,.. Affidavit of Bills Paid - 1 This affidavit is being made by the undersigned realizing that it is in reliance upon the truthfulness of the statements contained therein that final and full settlement of the balance due on said Contract is being made, and in consideration of the disbursement of funds by the City of Pearland. deponent expressly waives and releases all liens, claims and rights to assert a lien on said premises and agrees to indemnify and hold the City of Pearland safe and harmless from and against all losses, damages, costs and expenses of any character whatsoever specifically including court costs, bonding fees and attorney fees, arising out of or in any way relating to claims for unpaid labor or material used or associated with construction of improvements on the above- " described premises. By: Subscribed and sworn to before me, the undersigned authority, on this the _ day of , 2001. Notary Public in and for Brazoria County Affidavit of Bills Paid - 2 LABOR CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE SCALE 411, LABOR CLASSIFICATION AND MINIMUM WAGE SCALE A. General. Article 51-59a of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, passed by the 43rd Legislature Acts of 1933, page 91, Chapter 45, provides that any government subdivision shall ascertain the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft or type of workman or mechanic and rate of per diem wages which shall be paid for each craft type of workman. This Article further provides that the Contractor shall forfeit, as a penalty, to the City, County, or State,or other political subdivision, Ten Dollars ($10.00) per day for each laborer, or workman, or mechanic who is not paid the stipulated wage for the type of work performed by him as set up in the wage scale. The Owner is authorized to withhold from the Contractor the amount of this penalty in any payment that might be claimed by the Contractor or subcontractor. The Act makes the Contractor responsible for the acts of the subcontractor in this respect. The Article likewise requires that the Contractor and subcontractor keep an accurate record of the names and occupations of all persons employed by him and show the actual per diem wages paid to each worker, and these records are open to the inspection of the Owner. B. Labor Classification and Minimum Wage Scale. Attached hereto. Labor Classification and Wage Scale - 1 a MIN CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS LABOR CLASSIFICATIONS AND PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Exhibit A Classification Air Tool Operator Asphalt Raker Asphalt Shoveler Carpenter, Rough Carpenter Helper, Rough Concrete Finisher (Paving) Concrete Finisher Helper (Paving) Concrete Finisher (Strs.) Concrete Finisher Helper (Strs.) Concrete Rubber Electrician Electrician Helper, Senior Electrician Helper, Junior Form Builder (Strs.) Form Builder Helper (Strs.) Form Liner (Pvg. & Curb) Form Setter (Pvg. & Curb) Form Setter Helper (Pvg. & Curb) Form Setter (Strs.) Form Setter Helper (Strs.) Laborer, Common Laborer, Utility Manhole Builder, Brick Mechanic Mechanic Helper Oiler Servicer Painter (Strs.) Painter Helper (Strs.) Piledriver Pipe Layer Pipe Layer Helper Asphalt Distributor Operator Asphalt Paving Machine Operator Broom or Sweeper Operator Bulldozer, 150 HP & Less Bulldozer, Over 150 HP Concrete Paving Curing Machine Concrete Paving Finishing Machine Concrete Paving Saw Concrete Paving Spreader Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe(<1 1/2 CY) Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe(>1 1/2 CY) •• Foundation Drill Oper., Crawl. Mntd. Prevailing Rate $7.50 7.39 6.88 9.87 7.95 9.08 7.04 9.08 7.16 7.05 13.90 10.60 9.34 9.26 6.93 8.00 7.63 6.69 7.84 6.83 5.86 6.75 9.43 10.50 8.39 7.67 7.87 10.00 6.50 10.30 7.58 6.36 7.85 9.01 6.26 8.40 9.00 8.68 9.57 8.72 9.00 9.12 10.50 9.20 Classification Prevailing Rate Foundation Drill Oper., Truck Mounted 8.00 Foundation Drill Oper., Helper (Both) 7.75 Front End Loader (2 1/2 CY & Less) 7.81 Front End Loader (Over 2 1/2 CY) 8.96 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade $9.72 Motor Grader Operator 9.01 Pump Crete 7.35 Roller, Steel Wheel (Plant -Mix Pavement) Roller, Steel Wheel (Other) Roller, Pneumatic Self Propelled Scrapers (17 CY & Less) Scrapers (Over 17 CY) Tractor (Crawler Type) Over 150 HP Tractor (Pneumatic) Over 80 HP Traveling Mixer Trenching Machine, Light Reinforcing Steel Setter (Paving) Reinforcing Steel Setter (Structures) Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper (Both) Steel Worker (Strs.) Steel Worker Helper (Strs.) Sign Erector Sign Erector Helper Spreader Box Operator Single Axle, Light Single Axle, Heavy Tandem Axle or Semi -Trailer Lowboy -Float Transit -Mix Welder Welder Helper Instrument Person Rod or Chainperson Watch Engineer Leverman Mate Deckhand Boatmen (over 250 HP) Labor Classification and Wage Scale - 2 7.39 7.00 6.83 7.64 7.80 9.67 9.00 6.50 9.50 7.31 9.15 7.03 10.00 7.50 9.00 6.00 8.00 7.07 7.65 7.79 8.85 7.25 9.21 8.00 7.63 6.58 8.94 9.70 8.00 6.00 8.30 4111111 ION ABM WWI WIN APPRENTICE SCHEDULE Percentage of Craftman's Rate CRAFT INTERV PERIOD AND RATE Mechanic 1000 Hrs. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 1000 Hrs. 70% 72.5% 75% 77.5% 80% 85% 90% 95% Boom Equipment 1000 Hrs. 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Motor Grader 1000 Hrs. 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Tractor & 1000 Hrs. 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% Labor Classification and Wage Scale - 3 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. Definitions 2. Additional Instruction/Detail Drawings 3. Schedules, Reports and Records 4. Drawings and Specifications 5. Shop Drawings 6. Materials, Services, Facilities 7. Inspection and Testing 8. Substitutions 9. Patents 10. Surveys, Permits, Regulations 11. Protection of Work, Property, Persons 12. Supervision by Contractor 13. Changes in the Work 14. Changes in Contract Price 15. Time for Completion/Liquidated Damages 16. Correction of Work 17. Subsurface Conditions 18. Suspension of Work, Termination/Delay 19. Payments to Contractor 20. Acceptance of Final Payment as Release 21. Insurance 22. Contract Security 23. Assignments 24. Indemnification 25. Separate Contracts 26. Subcontracting 27. Engineer's Authority 28. Land and Right -of -Way 29. Guaranty 30. Taxes 31. Estimated Quantities 32. Record Drawings 33. Jurisdiction 34. Written Notice 1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 Wherever used in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS the following terms shall have the meanings indicated which shall be applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: 1.2 ADDENDA - Written or graphic instruments which modify or interpret the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS and SPECIFICATIONS, by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. 1.3 BID - The offer of proposal of the BIDDER submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the WORK to be performed. 1.4 BIDDER - Any person, firm or corporation submitting a BID for the WORK. 1.5 BONDS - Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds and other instruments of security, furnished by the CONTRACTOR and his surety in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.6 BRIDGES - Structures of over twenty (20) foot span measured from face to face of abutments, or in case of copings, from face to face of copings, and multiple span structures of over twenty (20) foot length, measured between inside of end walls along the center line of the roadbed. 1.7 CHANGE ORDERS - A written order to the CONTRACTORS authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the WORK within the general scope of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, or authorizing an adjustment in the CONTRACT PRICE or CONTRACT TIME. 1.8 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS - The Contract Documents shall consist of the General Conditions of the Agreement, Notice to Bidders, Instructions and Information to Bidders, Bid Proposal, Standard Form of Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement, Technical Specifications, Drawings, Notice of Award, Notice to Proceed and all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents by Addenda or Change Order. The contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. In case of conflict between any of the contract documents, priority of interpretation shall be in the following order: signed Standard Form of Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds, other bonds (if any), Bid Proposal, Special Conditions of the Agreement, Notice to Bidders, Instructions and Information to Bidders, Drawings, Technical Specifications, and General Conditions of the Agreement. General Conditions - 2 .10 1.9 CONTRACT PRICE - The total monies payable to the CONTRACTOR under the terms and conditions of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.10 CONTRACT TIME - The number of days stated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the completion of the WORK. 1.11 CONTRACTOR - The person, firm or corporation with whom the OWNER has executed the Agreement. 1.12 CULVERTS - All drainage structures not defined as bridges. 1.13 DRAWINGS - The part of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS which show the characteristics and scope of the WORK to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the ENGINEER. 1.14 ENGINEER - The person, firm or corporation named as such in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.15 EXTRA WORK - The term "Extra Work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER of OWNER to be done by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration, or addition to the work shown upon the drawings, or reasonably implied by the specifications. 1.16 FIELD ORDER - A written order effecting a change in the WORK not involving an adjustment in the CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the CONTRACT TIME, issued by the ENGINEER to the CONTRACTOR during construction. 1.17 INSPECTOR - The authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to supervise and inspect any or all parts of the work and the materials to be used therein. 1.18 LABORATORY - The testing laboratories of any testing laboratory that may be designated or approved by the Engineer. 1.19 NOTICE OF AWARD - The written notice of the acceptance of the BID from the OWNER to the successful BIDDER. 1.20 NOTICE TO PROCEED - Written communication issued by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR authorizing him to proceed with the WORK and establishing the date of commencement of the WORK. 1.21 OWNER - The City of Pearland, Texas. General Conditions - 3 1.22 PLANS - The plans, profiles, typical cross -sections, general cross -sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the work and which are a part of the contract. 1.23 PROJECT - The undertaking to be performed as provided in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.24 PROPOSAL - The offer of the bidder, made out on the prescribed form, giving prices for performing the work described in the plans and specifications. 1.25 PROPOSAL GUARANTY - The security designated in the proposal and furnished by the bidder as a guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract if awarded the work. 1.26 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE - The authorized representative of the OWNER who is assigned to the PROJECT site or any part thereof. 1.27 ROADBED - That portion of the roadway between the shoulder lines; the subgrade plus the shoulders. 1.28 ROADWAY - That portion of the Street included between the outside line of slopes, gutters, or side ditches, including all the appertaining structures and all slopes, ditches, channels, and waterways necessary to proper drainage. 1.29 SHOP DRAWINGS - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which are prepared by the CONTRACTOR, a SUBCONTRACTOR, manufacturer, SUPPLIER, or distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the WORK shall be fabricated or installed. 1.30 SPECIFICATIONS - A part of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS consisting of written descriptions of a technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship. 1.31 SUBCONTRACTOR - An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any other SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the WORK at the site. 1.32 SUBGRADE - That portion of the roadbed upon which the surface course or pavement is to be placed. 1.33 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION - That date as certified by the ENGINEER when the construction of the PROJECT or a specified part thereof is sufficiently General Conditions - 4 AIN 0.01 completed, in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, so that the PROJECT or specified part can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. 1.34 SUBSTRUCTURE - That part of the structure below the bridge seats or below the springing lines of arches. Parapets, back walls and wing walls of abutments shall be considered as parts of the substructure. 1.35 SUPERINTENDENT - The authorized representative of the Contractor. 1.36 SUPERSTRUCTURE - That part of the structure above the bridge seats or above the springing lines of arches. 1.37 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS - Modifications to General Conditions required by a Federal agency for participation in the PROJECT and approved by the agency in writing prior to inclusion in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.38 SUPPLIERS - Any person, supplier or organization who supplies materials or equipment for the WORK, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor at the site. 1.39 SURETY - The corporate body contractually bound to complete the Work under a performance bond, make repairs to defective Work under a performance and/or maintenance bond, pay subcontractors or materialmen under a payment bond, or perform some other obligation of the Contractor in accordance with the Surety's bond issued to the Owner. 1.40 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES - All temporary bridges and structures required to maintain traffic during the construction of the work. 1.41 WORK - All labor necessary to produce the construction required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the PROJECT. 1.42 WORKING DAY - A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Sunday or legal holidays in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work under way for a continuous period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m. 1.43 WRITTEN NOTICE - Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of this Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when posted by certified or registered mail to the said party at his last General Conditions - 5 ORIA MP MI given address, or delivered in person to said party of his authorized representative on the WORK. 1.44 ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials. 1.45 A.A.S.H.O. - American Association of State Highway Officials. 1.46 SCREENS and SIEVES - As defined by the ASTM 1.47 A.W.W.A. - American Water Works Association. 2. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL DRAWINGS 2.1 The CONTRACTOR may be furnished additional instructions and detail drawings, by the ENGINEER, as necessary to carry out the WORK required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2.2 The additional drawings and instruction thus supplied will become a part of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the WORK in accordance with the additional detail drawings and instructions. 3. SCHEDULES, REPORTS AND RECORDS 3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER such schedule of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other data as the OWNER may request concerning WORK performed or to be performed. 3.2 Prior to the first partial payment estimate, the CONTRACTOR shall submit schedules showing the order in which he proposes to carry on the WORK, including dates at which he will start the various parts of the WORK, estimated date of completion of each part and, as applicable: 3.2.1 The dates at which special detail drawings will be required; and. 3.2.2 Respective dates for submission of SHOP DRAWINGS, the beginning of manufacture, the testing and the installation of materials, supplies and equipment. 3.3 The CONTRACTOR shall also submit a schedule of payments that he anticipates he will earn during the course of the WORK. General Conditions - 6 4. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 4.1 The intent of the DRAWINGS and SPECIFICATIONS is that the CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the WORK in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and all incidental work necessary to complete the PROJECT in an acceptable manner, ready for use, occupancy or operation by the OWNER. 4.2 In case of conflict between the DRAWINGS and SPECIFICATIONS, the DRAWINGS shall govern. Figure dimensions on DRAWINGS shall govern over scale dimensions, and detailed DRAWINGS shall govern over general DRAWINGS. 4.3 Any discrepancies found between the DRAWINGS and SPECIFICATIONS and site conditions or any inconsistencies or ambiguities in the DRAWINGS or SPECIFICATIONS shall be immediately reported to the ENGINEER, in writing, who shall promptly correct such inconsistencies or ambiguities in writing. WORK done by the CONTRACTOR prior to resolution of such discrepancies, inconsistencies or ambiguities shall be subject to correction or change at the CONTRACTOR'S cost. 5. SHOP DRAWINGS 5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide SHOP DRAWINGS as may be necessary for the prosecution of the WORK as required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The ENGINEER shall promptly review all SHOP DRAWINGS. The ENGINEER'S approval of any SHOP DRAWING shall not release the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The approval of any SHOP DRAWING which substantially deviates from the requirement of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be evidenced by a CHANGE ORDER. 5.2 When submitted for the ENGINEER'S review, SHOP DRAWINGS shall bear the CONTRACTOR'S certification that he has reviewed, checked and approved the SHOP DRAWINGS and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 5.3 Portions of the WORK requiring a SHOP DRAWING or sample submission shall not begin until the SHOP DRAWING or submission has been approved by the ENGINEER. A copy of each approved SHOP DRAWING and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by the CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to the ENGINEER. General Conditions - 7 6. MATERIALS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES 6.1 It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature, and all other services and facilities of any nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, and deliver the WORK within the specified time. 6.2 Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to insure the preservations of their quality and fitness for the WORK. Stored materials and equipment to be incorporated in the WORK shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. 6.3 Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. 6.4 Materials, supplies, and equipment shall be in accordance with samples submitted by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the ENGINEER. 6.5 Materials, supplies or equipment to be incorporated into the WORK shall not be purchased by the CONTRACTOR or the SUBCONTRACTOR subject to a chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. 6.6 No material which has been used by the CONTRACTOR for any temporary purpose whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without written consent of the ENGINEER. Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is not the intention of the OWNERS to discriminate against an equal product of another manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality or performance and to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equivalent", "proper", or "equal to" are used, they shall be understood to mean that the thing referred to shall be properly, the equivalent of or equal to some other thing, in the opinion or judgement of the ENGINEER, unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be of the best of their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to approved samples. Not withstanding that the words "or equal to" or other such expressions may be used in the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured article or process, the material, article or process specifically designated shall be used, unless a substitute shall be approved in writing by the ENGINEER, and the ENGINEER shall have the right to require the use of such specifically designated material, article or process. General Conditions - 8 411.1 Wit 7. INSPECTION AND TESTING 7.1 All materials and equipment used in the construction of the PROJECT shall be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with generally accepted standards. 7.2 The OWNER shall provide at his expense, the necessary testing and inspection services required by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, unless otherwise provided. 7.3 The CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the City for any cost of retesting where the initial test shows the Contractor's work is defective. 7.4 If the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any WORK to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR will give the ENGINEER timely notice of readiness. The CONTRACTOR will then furnish the ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. 7.5 Neither observations by the ENGINEER nor inspections, tests, or approvals by persons other than the CONTRACTOR shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to perform the WORK in accordance with the requirements of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 7.6 The ENGINEER and his representatives will at all times have access to the WORK. In addition, authorized representatives and agents of any participating Federal or state agency shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records. The CONTRACTOR will provide proper facilities for such access and observation of the WORK and also for any inspection, or testing thereof. 7.7 If any WORK is covered contrary to the written request of the ENGINEER it must, if requested by the ENGINEER, be uncovered for his observation and replaced at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. 7.8 If any WORK has been covered which the ENGINEER has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, or if the ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered WORK be inspected or tested by others, the CONTRACTOR at the ENGINEER'S request, will uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observations, inspection or testing as the ENGINEER may require, that portion of the WORK in question, furnishing all necessary labor, materials, tools, and equipment. If it is found that such WORK is defective, the CONTRACTOR will bear all the expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of General Conditions - 9 satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such WORK is not found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR will be allowed an increase in the CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the CONTRACT TIME, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction and an appropriate CHANGE ORDER shall be issued. 8. SUBSTITUTIONS 8.1 Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the DRAWINGS or SPECIFICATIONS by reference to brand name or catalogue number, it shall be understood that this is referenced for the purpose of defining the performance or other salient requirements and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall be considered. The CONTRACTOR may recommend the substitution of a material, article, or piece of equipment of equal substance and function for those referred to in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS by reference to brand name or catalogue number, and if, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, such material, article, or piece of equipment is of equal substance and function to that specified, the ENGINEER may approve its substitution and use by the CONTRACTOR. Any cost differential shall be deductible from the CONTRACT PRICE and the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be appropriately modified by CHANGE ORDER. The CONTRACTOR warrants that if substitutes are approved, no major changes in the function or general design of the PROJECT will result. Incidental changes or extra component parts required to accommodate the substitute will be made by the CONTRACTOR without a change in the CONTRACT PRICE or CONTRACT TIME. 9. PATENTS 9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and save the OWNER harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the OWNER shall be responsible for any such loss when a particular process, design, or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, but if the CONTRACTOR has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the ENGINEER. General Conditions - 10 10. SURVEYS, PERMITS, REGULATIONS 10.1 The OWNER shall establish control points for locating the principal component parts of the WORK together with a suitable number of bench marks adjacent to the WORK as shown in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. All necessary construction staking and markers shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR at his expense. The CONTRACTOR shall contract with a qualified surveyor for the staking out of all WORK to be done under these specifications and if, after once being placed, any stakes or marks are removed or destroyed through the negligence of the CONTRACTOR, he shall be required to pay the cost of replacing them. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain at the site of the project a suitable Architects's or Engineer's level and shall make his own construction measurements from permanent control staking set by the OWNER. 10.2 Permits and licenses for the prosecution of the WORK shall be secured and paid for by the CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise provided by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the WORK as drawn, specified, and permitted. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in Section 13, CHANGES IN THE WORK. 11. PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONS The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the WORK. He will take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and will provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to all employees on the WORK and other persons who may be affected thereby, all the WORK and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage or off the site, and other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 11.2 The CONTRACTOR will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public body having jurisdiction. He will erect and maintain as required by the conditions and progress of the WORK, all necessary safeguards for safety and protection. He will notify owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the WORK may affect them. The CONTRACTOR will remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in General Conditions - 11 mai part, by the CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them be liable. 11.3 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the WORK or property at the site or adjacent thereto, the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the ENGINEER or OWNER, shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. He will give the ENGINEER prompt WRITTEN NOTICE of any significant changes in the WORK or deviations from the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS caused thereby, and a CHANGE ORDER shall thereupon be issued covering the changes and deviations involved. 11.4 The CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights, and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property, and the work as may be necessary, in compliance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices where applicable. Adequate detours shall be established for streets blocked to traffic. The CONTRACTOR shall monitor and promptly replace any barricades or warning devices that are damaged or removed. 11.5 The CONTRACTOR is responsible for locating underground obstacles. It is not represented that the Plans show all sewers, water lines, gas lines, telephone lines, and other underground obstacles. 11.6 The CONTRACTOR shall not interrupt utility services unless and until necessary. The CONTRACTOR is to repair and replace all water, sewer, gas and other utility lines as crossed. The CONTRACTOR will contact the utility company concerned before cutting or removing services. 12. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR 12.1 The CONTRACTOR will supervise and direct the WORK. He will be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR will employ and maintain on the WORK a qualified supervisor or superintendent who shall have been designated in writing by the CONTRACTOR as the CONTRACTOR'S representative at the site. The supervisor shall have full authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR and all communications given to the supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. The supervisor shall be present on the site at all times as required to perform adequate supervision and coordination of the WORK. General Conditions - 12 13. CHANGES IN THE WORK 13.1 The OWNER may at any time, as the need arises, order changes within the scope of the WORK without invalidating the Agreement. If such changes increase or decrease the amount due under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, or in the time required for performance of the WORK, an equitable adjustment shall be authorized by CHANGE ORDER. 13.2 The ENGINEER, also, may at any time, by issuing a FIELD ORDER, make changes in the details of the WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the performance of any changes in the WORK so ordered by the ENGINEER unless the CONTRACTOR believes that such FIELD ORDER entitles him to a change in CONTRACT PRICE or TIME, or both, in which event he shall give the ENGINEER WRITTEN NOTICE thereof within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the ordered change, and the CONTRACTOR shall not execute such changes pending the receipt of an executed CHANGE ORDER or further instruction from the OWNER. 14. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE 14.1 The CONTRACT PRICE may be changed only by a CHANGE ORDER. The value of any WORK covered by a CHANGE ORDER or of any claim for increase or decrease in the CONTRACT PRICE shall be determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence listed below: (a) Unit prices previously approved. (b) An agreed lump sum. (c) The actual cost for labor, direct overhead, materials, supplies, equipment, and other services necessary to completed the work. In addition there shall be added an amount to be agreed upon but not to exceed fifteen (15) percent of the actual cost of the WORK to cover the cost of general overhead and profit. 14.2 The original CONTRACT PRICE may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent through change orders. The original CONTRACT PRICE shall not be reduced by more than twenty-five percent through change orders without the consent of the CONTRACTOR. 14.3 Changes, alterations, or extra work authorized through change orders may be made or approved by the City Manager or his delegate provided that the change order does not increase or decrease the contract amount by more than $15,000. General Conditions - 13 15. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 15.1 The date of beginning and the time for completion of the WORK are essential conditions of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and the WORK embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the NOTICE TO PROCEED. 15.2 The CONTRACTOR will proceed with the WORK at such rate of progress to insure full completion within the CONTRACT TIME. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the CONTRACT TIME for the completion of the WORK described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climate and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the WORK. 15.3 If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to complete the WORK within the CONTRACT TIME, or extension of time granted by OWNER, then the CONTRACTOR will pay to the OWNER, as liquidated damages, the sum of TWO HUNDRED AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($200.00) for each working day that the CONTRACTOR is in default past the working time stipulated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. It is being understood between the parties hereto that such sum shall be treated as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, and the OWNERS may withhold from the CONTRACTOR'S compensation such sums as liquidated damages. 15.4 The CONTRACTOR shall not be charged with liquidated damages when the delay in completion of the WORK is due to the following, and the CONTRACTOR has promptly given WRITTEN NOTICE of such delay to the OWNER or ENGINEER: 15.4.1 To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the OWNER. 15.4.2 To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the OWNER, acts of another CONTRACTOR in the performance of a contract with the OWNER, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather; and 15.4.3 To any delays of SUBCONTRACTORS occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 15.4.1 and 15.4.2 of this article. 16. CORRECTION OF WORK 16.1 The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from the premises all WORK rejected by the ENGINEER for failure to comply with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, whether incorporated in the construction or not, and the CONTRACTOR shall General Conditions - 14 SEIB 4111 promptly replace and re -execute the WORK in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and without expense to the OWNER and shall bear the expense of making good all WORK of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. 16.2 All removal and replacement WORK shall be done at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. If the CONTRACTOR does not take action to remove such rejected WORK within ten (10) days after receipt of WRITTEN NOTICE, the OWNER may remove such WORK and store the materials at the expense of the. CONTRACTOR. 17. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 17.1 The CONTRACTOR shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, except in the event of an emergency, notify the OWNER by WRITTEN NOTICE of: 17.1.1 Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; or 17.1.2. Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those originally encountered and not expected as inhering in WORK of the character provided for in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 17.2 The OWNER shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if he finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time required for, performance of the WORK, an equitable adjustment shall be made and the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall be modified by the CHANGE ORDER. Any claim of the CONTRACTOR for adjustment hereunder shall not be allowed unless he has given the required WRITTEN NOTICE; provided that the OWNER may, if he determines the facts so justify, consider and adjust any such claims asserted before the date of final payment. 18. SUSPENSION OF WORK, TERMINATION AND DELAY 18.1 ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten(10) days after written notification from the OWNER, or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER, when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, then, and in that case, where performance and payment bonds exist, the Sureties on these bonds shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. General Conditions - 15 After receiving said notice of abandonment, the CONTRACTOR shall not remove from the work any materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under contract for the work, may be held for use on the work by the OWNER or the Surety on the performance bond, or another contractor in completion of the work; and the CONTRACTOR shall not receive any rental or credit therefor, it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no performance bond provided or in case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for, within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners. 18.1.1 The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of men and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said OWNER may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this under this contract, if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completely by said CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER; or 18.1.2 The OWNER under sealed bids, after five (5) days notice published one or more times in a newspaper having general circulation in the county of the location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case any increase in cost to the OWNER under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety shall be credited therewith. When the work has been substantially completed the CONTRACTOR and his Surety shall be so notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his Surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety, General Conditions - 16 or the OWNER as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement, within fifteen (15) days after the date of such Certificate of Completion. 18.2 ABANDONMENT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR of the total amount wrought into the work. And thereupon the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the prices stated in the attached proposal where unit prices are used), the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by CONTRACTOR to carry the whole work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payment by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement and shall certify same to the OWNER who shall pay to the CONTRACTOR on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the CONTRACTOR the balance shown by said final statement as due the CONTRACTOR, under the terms of this Agreement. 18.3 If the CONTRACTOR is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the CONTRACTOR or for any of his property, or if he files a petition .to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under the bankruptcy or applicable laws, or if he repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if he repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to SUBCONTRACTORS or for labor, materials or equipment or if he disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction of the WORK or if he disregards the authority of the ENGINEER, or if he otherwise violates any provision of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS then the OWNER may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the CONTRACTOR and his surety a minimum of ten (10) days from delivery of a WRITTEN NOTICE, terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR and take possession of the PROJECT and finish the WORK by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the WORK is finished. If the unpaid balance of the CONTRACT PRICE exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the PROJECT, including compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR will pay the difference to the General Conditions - 17 OWNER. Such costs incurred by the OWNER will be determined by the ENGINEER and incorporated in a CHANGE ORDER. 18.3.1 Where the CONTRACTOR'S services have been so terminated by the OWNER, said termination shall not affect any right of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the OWNER due the CONTRACTOR will not release the CONTRACTOR from compliance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 18.4 After ten (10) days from delivery of a WRITTEN NOTICE to the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER, the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to abandon the PROJECT and terminate the CONTRACT. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all WORK executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable profit. 18.5 If, through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR, the WORK is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the OWNER or under any order of court or other public authority, or the OWNER fails to pay the CONTRACTOR substantially the sum approved by the ENGINEER within sixty (60) days of its approval by the OWNER, then the CONTRACTOR may, after ten (10) days from delivery of a WRITTEN NOTICE to the OWNER and the ENGINEER, terminate the CONTRACT and recover from the OWNER payment for all WORK executed and all expenses sustained. In addition and in lieu of terminating the CONTRACT, if the ENGINEER has failed to act on a request for payment or if the OWNER has failed to make any payment as aforesaid, the CONTRACTOR may upon ten (10) days notice to the OWNER and ENGINEER stop the WORK until he has been paid all amounts then due, in which event and upon resumption of the WORK, CHANGE ORDERS shall be issued for adjusting the CONTRACT PRICE or extending the CONTRACT TIME or both to compensate for the costs and delays attributable to the stoppage of the WORK. 18.6 If the performance of all or any portion of the WORK is suspended, delayed, or interrupted as a result of a failure of the OWNER or ENGINEER to act within the time specified in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, or if no time is specified, within a reasonable time, an adjustment in the CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the CONTRACT TIME, or both, shall be made by CHANGE ORDER to compensate the CONTRACTOR for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the failure of the OWNER or ENGINEER. General Conditions - 18 19. PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR 19.1 The CONTRACTOR will submit to the ENGINEER a partial payment estimate filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the WORK performed during the period covered by the partial payment estimate and supported by such data as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the WORK but delivered and suitably stored at or near the site, the partial payment estimate shall also be accompanied by such supporting data, satisfactory to the OWNER, as will establish the OWNER'S title to the material and equipment and protect his interest therein, including applicable insurance. The ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each partial payment estimate, either indicate in writing his approval of payment and present the partial payment estimate to the OWNER, or return the partial payment estimate to the CONTRACTOR indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the partial payment estimate. The OWNER will, within thirty (30) days of presentation to him of an approved partial payment estimate, pay the CONTRACTOR a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial payment estimate. 19.1.1 The OWNER shall retain ten (10%) percent of the amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The OWNER at any time, however, after fifty (50%) percent of the WORK has been completed, if he finds that satisfactory progress is being made, shall reduce retainage to five (5%) percent on the current and remaining estimates. 19.1.2 For contracts greater than $400,000.00 in value, the OWNER shall retain five (5%) percent of the amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. On completion and acceptance of a part of the WORK on which the price is stated separately in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS payment may be made in full, including retained percentages, less authorized deductions. 19.2 All WORK covered by partial payment made shall be thereupon become the sole property of the OWNER, but his provision shall not be construed as relieving the CONTRACTOR of the sole responsibility for the care and protection of the WORK upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged WORK, or as a waiver of the right of the OWNER to require the fulfillment of all terms of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 19.3 Upon completion and acceptance of the WORK, the ENGINEER shall issue a certificate attached to the final payment request that the WORK has been accepted by him under the conditions of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The entire balance General Conditions - 19 MIS WWI VIM a. found to be due the CONTRACTOR, including the retained percentages, but except such sums as may be lawfully retained by the OWNER, shall be paid to the CONTRACTOR within thirty (30) days of completion and acceptance of the WORK. 19.4 The CONTRACTOR will indemnify and save the OWNER and the OWNER'S agents harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of SUBCONTRACTORS, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, tools, and all supplies, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of the WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall at the OWNER'S request furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature designated above have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so the OWNER may, after having notified the CONTRACTOR, either pay unpaid bills or withhold from the CONTRACTOR'S unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged whereupon payment to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, any payment so made by the OWNER shall be considered as payment made under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER shall not be liable to the CONTRACTOR for any such payments made in good faith. 19.5 If the OWNER fails to make payment 30 days after approval by the ENGINEER, in addition to other remedies available to the CONTRACTOR, there shall be added to each such payment interest at the rate of 6% per annum commencing on the first day after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is received by the CONTRACTOR. 20. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS RELEASE 20.1 The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final payment shall be and shall operate as a release to the OWNER of all claims and all liability to the CONTRACTOR other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted by the CONTRACTOR for things done or furnished in connection with this WORK and for every act and neglect of the OWNER and others relating to or arising out of this WORK. Any payment, however, final or otherwise, shall not release the CONTRACTOR or his sureties from any obligations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or the Performance Bond and Payment Bonds. 21. INSURANCE 21.1 The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the General Conditions - 20 AIM CONTRACTOR'S execution of the WORK, whether such execution be by himself or by any SUBCONTRACTOR or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 21.1.1 Claims under workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; 21.1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease or death of his employees; 21.1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease or death of any person other than his employees; 21.1.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the CONTRACTOR, or (2) by any other person; and 21.1.5 Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom. 21.2 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the OWNER shall be filed with the OWNER prior to commencement of the WORK. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled unless at least thirty (30) days prior WRITTEN NOTICE has been given to the OWNER. 21.3 The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the CONTRACT TIME, liability insurance as hereinafter specified; 21.3.1 CONTRACTOR'S General Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance including vehicle coverage issued to the CONTRACTOR and protecting him from all claims for personal injury, including death, and all claims for destruction of or damage to property, arising out of or in connection with any operations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, whether such operations be by himself or by any SUBCONTRACTOR under him, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the CONTRACTOR or by a SUBCONTRACTOR under him. INSURANCE: Contractor shall, at his sole expense, maintain in effect at all times during the full term of the contract, insurance coverages with limits not less than those set forth below in the Schedule of Insurance Coverages with insurers licensed to do business in the State of Texas. General Conditions - 21 COVERAGE 1. Worker's Compensation 2. Commercial General Liability Bodily Injury and Property Damage (Occurrence Basis) SCHEDULE OF INSURANCE COVERAGES: MINIMUM AMOUNTS AND LIMITS Statutory Limits 3. Automobile Liability Insurance Bodily Injury and Property Insurance $1,000,000.00 combined single limit for each occurrence and subject to a $1,000,000.00 aggregate Combined single limit of $500,000.00 per person; $500,000.00 per occurrence or equivalent This policy shall be on a standard form written to cover all owned, hired and non -owned automobiles. All insurance, except Worker's Compensation insurance, shall name the OWNER as an additional insured. 21.3.2 The CONTRACTOR shall acquire and maintain, if applicable, Fire and Extended Coverage insurance upon the PROJECT to the full insurable value thereof for the benefit of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR, and SUBCONTRACTORS as their interest may appear. This provision shall in no way release the CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR'S surety from obligations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS to fully complete the PROJECT. 21.4 The CONTRACTOR shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the CONTRACT TIME, in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the state in which the work is performed, Workmen's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provisions, for all of his employees at the site of the PROJECT and in case any work is sublet, the CONTRACTOR shall require such SUBCONTRACTOR similarly to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provisions for all of the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the CONTRACTOR. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this contract at the site of the PROJECT is not protected under Workmen's Compensation statute, the CONTRACTOR shall provide, and shall cause each SUBCONTRACTOR to provide, adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected. General Conditions - 22 .10 21.5 The CONTRACTOR, if required in Section 21.3.1, shall secure "All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance for WORK to be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the OWNER, the amount of such insurance shall not be less than the CONTRACT PRICE totaled in the BID. The policy shall cover not less than the losses due to fire, explosion, hail, lightning, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft, and smoke during the CONTRACT TIME, and until the WORK is accepted by the OWNER. The policy shall name as the insured the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER, and the OWNER. 22. CONTRACT SECURITY 22.1 The CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10) days after award by City Council furnish the OWNER with a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond in penal sums equal to the amount of the CONTRACT PRICE, conditioned upon the performance by the CONTRACTOR of all undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, and upon the prompt payment by the CONTRACTOR to all persons supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the WORK provided by the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Such BONDS shall be executed by the CONTRACTOR in a corporate bonding company licensed to transact such business in the State of Texas. The expense of the BONDS shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. If at any time a surety on any such BOND is declared a bankrupt or loses its right to do business in the state in which the WORK is to be performed, CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10) days after notice from the OWNER to do so, substitute an acceptable BOND (or BONDS) in such form and sum and signed by such other surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the OWNER. The premiums on such BOND shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. No further payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made until the new surety or sureties shall have furnished an acceptable BOND to the OWNER. 23. ASSIGNMENTS 23.1 Neither the CONTRACTOR nor the OWNER shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the Contract of any portion thereof, or of his right, title or interest therein, or his obligations thereunder, without written consent of the other party. 24. INDEMNIFICATION 24.1 The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold the CITY and ENGINEER, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from any claim, loss, damage, suit, and liability, including all expenses of litigation, court costs, and attorney's fees, for General Conditions - 23 .011 injury to or death of any person, or for damage to any property, arising out of or in connection with the work done by the CONTRACTOR, his officers, employees, agents, or subcontractors under this Agreement. 24.2 In any and all claims against the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or any of their agents or employees, by any employee of the CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefits acts. 24.3 The obligation of the CONTRACTOR under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of the ENGINEER, his agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, DRAWINGS, opinions, reports, surveys, CHANGE ORDERS, designs, or SPECIFICATIONS. 25. SEPARATE CONTRACTS 25.1 The OWNER reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this PROJECT. The CONTRACTOR shall afford other CONTRACTORS reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their WORK, and shall properly connect and coordinate his WORK with theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR'S WORK depends upon the WORK of any other CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to the ENGINEER any defects in such WORK that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. 25.2 The OWNER may perform additional WORK related to the PROJECT by himself or he may let other contracts containing provisions similar to these. The CONTRACTOR will afford the other CONTRACTORS who are parties to such Contracts. (or the OWNER, if he is performing the additional WORK himself), reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of WORK, and shall promptly connect and coordinate his WORK with theirs. 25.3 If the performance of additional WORK by other CONTRACTORS or the OWNER is not noted in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS prior to the execution of the CONTRACT, written notice thereof shall be given to the CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such additional WORK. If the CONTRACTOR believes that the performance of such additional WORK by the OWNER or others involves him in General Conditions - 24 additional expense or entitles him to an extension of the CONTRACT TIME, he may make a claim therefor as provided in Sections 14 and 15. 26. SUBCONTRACTING 26.1 The CONTRACTOR may utilize the services of specialty SUBCONTRACTORS on those parts of the WORK which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty SUBCONTRACTORS. 26.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not award WORK to SUBCONTRACTOR(S), in excess of fifty (50%) percent of the CONTRACT PRICE, without prior written approval of the OWNER. 26.3 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for the acts and omissions of his SUBCONTRACTORS, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. 26.4 The CONTRACTOR shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the WORK to bind SUBCONTRACTORS to the CONTRACTOR by the terms of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS insofar as applicable to the WORK of SUBCONTRACTORS and to give the CONTRACTOR the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the OWNER may exercise over the CONTRACTOR under any provision of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 26.5 Nothing Contained in this CONTRACT shall create any contractual relation between any SUBCONTRACTOR and the OWNER. 27. ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY 27.1 The ENGINEER shall act as the OWNER'S representative during the construction period. He shall decide questions which may arise as to quality and acceptability of materials furnished and WORK performed. He shall interpret the intent of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in a fair and unbiased manner. The ENGINEER will make visits to the site and determine if the WORK is proceeding in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 27.2 The CONTRACTOR will be held strictly to the intent of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in regard to the quality of materials, workmanship and execution of General Conditions - 25 the WORK. Inspections may by made at the factory or fabrication plant of the source of material supply. 27.3 The ENGINEER will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques, sequences, procedures or construction safety. 27.4 The ENGINEER shall promptly make decisions relative to interpretation of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 27.5 The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the WORK herein contracted for are to be constructed or installed, by such agents as it may elect, for the purpose of supervising and inspecting the WORK, or for the purpose of constructing or installing collateral WORK as said OWNER may desire. 28. LAND AND RIGHTS -OF -WAY 28.1 Prior to issuance of NOTICE TO PROCEED, the OWNER shall obtain all land and rights -of -way necessary for carrying out and for the completion of the WORK to be performed pursuant to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, unless otherwise mutually agreed. 28.2 The OWNER shall provide to the CONTRACTOR information which delineates and describes the lands owned and rights -of -way acquired. 28.3 The CONTRACTOR shall provide at his own expense and without liability to the OWNER any additional land and access thereto that the CONTRACTOR may desire for temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials. 29. GUARANTY 29.1 The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and WORK performed for a period of one (1) year from the date of SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees for a period of one (1) year from the date of SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION of the system that the completed system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and the CONTRACTOR shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs of any damage to other parts of the system resulting from such defects. The OWNER will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the CONTRACTOR should fail to make such repairs, adjustments, or other WORK that may be made necessary by such defects, the OWNER may do so and charge the CONTRACTOR the cost General Conditions - 26 thereby incurred. The Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect through the guarantee period. 30. TAXES 30.1 The CONTRACTOR will pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the law of the place where the WORK is performed. 31. ESTIMATED QUANTITIES 31.1 This Agreement, including Specifications, Plans, Estimate, is intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. The estimated quantities of the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this CONTRACT are approximate and are to be used only as basis for estimating the probable cost of the WORK and for comparing the proposals offered for the WORK. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and material to be furnished under this CONTRACT may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that the basis for payment under this CONTRACT shall be the actual amount of such WORK done and the material furnished. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise on account of any differences which may be found between the quantities of WORK actually done or the material actually furnished under this CONTRACT and the estimated quantities contemplated and contained in the Proposal. 32. RECORD DRAWINGS 32.1 At the completion of the work, and before final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the ENGINEER a complete set of "Record Drawings". The CONTRACTOR, during the progress of the WORK shall keep one set of prints marked to show the final location, final grades, sizes and types of the various facilities. This set of prints shall be furnished to the ENGINEER before final acceptance of the WORK. General Conditions - 27 4,1110 IMP .11 ,4111 33. JURISDICTION 33.1 This contract shall be construed under the laws of the State of Texas. The parties agree that this contract is made and entered into by and between the parties in Brazoria County, Texas. The parties further agree that in the event of litigation, the terms of this contract will be enforceable only in a court of competent jurisdiction in Brazoria County, Texas. 34. WRITTEN NOTICE 34.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to any officer of the corporation for whom it is intended or if it is delivered or sent certified mail to the last business address as listed herein. Each party will have the right to change their business address by at least thirty (30) days notice to the other parties in writing of such change. General Conditions - 28 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE (To be included in all Building and Construction Projects) These reporting requirements for Worker's Compensation Coverage are mandated by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission (Rule, 28 TAC Sec. 110.110) and apply to all building or construction projects for the City of Pearland. 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") means a copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the City's employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project means the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096) means all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. The contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the City prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that coverage has been extended. Workers' Compensation - 1 91111. YNI 5. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the City: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the City will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of project. 6. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; Workers' Compensation - 2 .410 (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor; (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that material affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. Workers' Compensation - 3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. TIME OF COMPLETION As stated in the General Conditions, time is of the essence for this contract; it is important that this work be completed in a timely manner. The Contractor shall commence work within ten (10) days after the day written notice to proceed and shall complete the project within 180 calendar days. Work on site will be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. There will be no work on Saturdays, Sundays, or Good Friday. 2. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY Contractor will maintain and provide adequate ingress -egress for traveling public during construction operations and overnight. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and other persons during construction. All work shall be done in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Safety and Health Regulations of the United States Government for construction, State of Texas laws and regulations, Brazoria County regulations and Pearland ordinances. 3. FACILITIES FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall familiarize himself as to the working conditions at the site; to roadway, railway, or other approaches to the site available to him; to the availability and accessibility of utilities; and to the space available for storage, for working and other factors pertinent to construction. 4. COORDINATION WITH THE INSPECTOR The Contractor shall keep in daily contact with the Project Inspector through completion of the Project and shall have someone on the job site in responsible charge who can communicate with the Project Inspector in English, at all times to whom the instructions of the Project Inspector may be given. 5. MAINTENANCE OF SITE AND CLEANUP The work site shall be kept reasonably clean at all times. Surplus materials shall be disposed of by the Contractor. In final cleanup operations all equipment, scrap materials, temporary structures shall be removed and all sites left clean. 6. FIELD DRAWING For conditions related to changes or clarification in the work, the Contractor shall submit a field drawing showing elevations of the existing concrete before removing and replacing concrete at any location. The Engineer will then review the drawing and either approve or revise quantities for inclusion in a Change Order. Special Conditions - 1 7. PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT OF PROPERTY Driveways, culverts, storm sewer inlets and laterals, and other public or private property that is destroyed or removed during the construction shall be replaced by the Contractor at no extra pay. Suitable temporary bridges shall be placed across trenches blocking driveways in cases where undue hardship to the property owner would result. Temporary drainage shall be provided as necessary. 8. PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SHRUBS Care shall be exercised to prevent damages to trees, plants and shrubs along the work site: No trees, plants or shrubs shall be removed unless it interferes unduly with the construction work. Permission for such removal must first be obtained from the Engineer. Any trees, shrubs, grass, landscaping, etc., damaged by Contractor shall be replaced in equal quality and kind by Contractor at no expense to Owner. 9. BARRICADES, WARNING AND DETOURS Adequate barricades and warning devices shall be provided along the work site. Lights shall be provided between sunset and sunrise when necessary in the opinion of the Owner. Adequate detours shall be established for streets blocked to traffic. 10. PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Contractor shall submit a monthly pay estimate by the fifteen (15th) of every month (but not more than once a month) for work completed in the previous month. 11. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The Contractor must submit a proposed construction schedule and cash flow projections prior to the submittal of the first monthly pay estimate. Changes to this schedule must be updated and resubmitted in printed form to the Engineer on a monthly basis concurrent with all pay applications. Failure to submit an updated and revised schedule may result in withholding of partial payments. 12. ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT Upon notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Engineer, along with representatives of the City, shall promptly make such inspection, and when the Engineer finds the work acceptable under the contract fully performed, he shall promptly issue a final certificate of completion, over his own signature, stating that the work provided for in this contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof. The Contractor shall submit satisfactory evidence to the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness connected with the work have been paid, before final certificate is issued. Upon completion of all work, satisfactorily to the City, and filing of the affidavit j— of bills paid and bonds, the final payment shall be processed by the City. • Special Conditions - 2 a 13. RIGHT OF ENTRY It is agreed by the Contractor that the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner may deem proper to inspect the material furnished and the work done under this agreement, and to see that the said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the Specifications thereof The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors for the proper supervision and inspection and examination of the work and all parts of the work. The Contractor shall regard a and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors so appointed; when such directions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the accompanying Specifications, provided, however, that should the Contractor object to any order by any subordinate engineer, supervisor, or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision. Except as herein before provided, the authority of subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors shall be limited to the rejection of unsatisfactory work and materials and to the suspension of the work, until the question of acceptability can be referred to the Engineer. 14. SAMPLES AND TESTING The OWNER will select the testing laboratories for the different tests which must be a accomplished in a laboratory such as soils, flexible base materials, concrete, etc., and the OWNER will pay for these services directly. The Contractor shall pay for all retesting. At the option of the Engineer,the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery is started and before such material is used in the work. Representative samples of materials shall be submitted by the Contractor for testing or examination as described by the Engineer. All tests of materials furnished by the Contractor shall be made in accordance with commonly recognized standards of national organizations and such methods and tests as are prescribed in these specifications. a 15. COORDINATION The Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination with the appropriate utility a companies, ambulance, police and fire departments to minimize problems in access. Contractor shall notify emergency services and utility companies at least one (1) week prior to beginning construction. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating his activity schedule and extending full cooperation to other contractors who have responsibilities either concurrent with, preceding a or following this Contractor's time along the work site. He shall ensure availability of access, availability of selected portions of this area to others and shall provide appropriate information for planning purposes to other contractors. Special Conditions - 3 IMO IMP .01 16. SURFACE RESTORATION At the end of all construction projects the Contractor shall restore existing facility (i.e. property) equal to or better than existing site conditions prior to construction. 17. ALTERNATE BONDING If the bid submitted is less than $25,000 the successful bidder may elect not to post a performance bond. In doing so the contractor will waive all rights to draw against the contract and will receive a one time final payment upon completion of all work formal acceptance by the City of Pearland. In any case the successful bidder will be required to post an acceptable payment bond. 18. SUBSURFACE INFORMATION Borings and sub -surface information relative to this site are not available. 19. LOCATION OF AND DAMAGE TO EXISTING UTILITIES The Contractor shall exercise caution to prevent damage to existing facilities during the progress of the construction work, taking care to locate same, where possible, in advance of the actual work. The Owner will render all assistance possible to the Contractor in the matter of determining the location of existing utilities by making available such maps, records and other information as may be accessible to him, when requested to do so, but the, accuracy of such information will not be guaranteed. The Contractor shall make good all damage to existing utilities resulting from his operations. 20. ACCESS TO THE WORK Access to the Work from existing roads shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the conditions or maintenance of any existing road or structure thereon that may be used by the Contractor for performing the work under these specifications. The cost of all Work described in this paragraph shall be included in the prices bid in the other items of Work. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner and the Engineer a plan for accessing areas for dirt placement from Eldridge or Belfort. The plan shall be approved by the Engineer prior to beginning excavation or fill activities. 21. STORAGE OF MATERIALS No materials shall be stored nor shall any equipment be parked on adjacent property without the express consent of the owner of the property concerned. No materials shall be left over night within the street or right-of-way. 22. BARRICADES AND WARNINGS The safety of the public shall be regarded as of primary importance during construction. In all respects provisions for public safety shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Special Conditions - 4 .1 Should conditions be such that the public safety is involved, the Contractor shall provide warning lights which shall be kept burning between the hours of sunset and sunrise and the Contractor shall maintain a watchman on the site during these hours and during all other hours in which work is not in progress and the watchman's primary responsibility shall be to maintain the lights and warnings. Barricades and warning shall be as approved by the Engineer. Notify individual occupants and businesses in areas to be effected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 2 weeks prior to work being performed. Engineer will be provided with a sample door hanger for approval showing form and content to be followed. 23. ACCIDENTS { The Contractor shall provide at the site such equipment and medical facilities as are necessary to supply first aid service to anyone who may be injured in connection with the work. The Contractor must promptly report in writing to the owner all accidents whatsoever arising out �- of, or in connection with, the performance of the work, whether on or adjacent to the site, which caused death, personal injury, or property damages, giving full details and statements of witnesses. In addition, if death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the Owner. If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Owner. 24. CLEAN-UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the public access roads, site, and structures or facilities thereon free from accumulations of waste material, debris, or rubbish caused by his employees or Work. No backfill material, pipe or waste material shall be left overnight. At the completion of the Work he shall remove from the site all his tools, surplus materials, debris, and shall leave the site and his Work "broom clean" or its equivalent unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or specified herein. 25. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS The Contractor will be given four (4) sets of construction documents and specifications after the Contract is signed. All other documents required by the Contractor will be billed at cost. 26. CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING All work shall be done to the lines, grades and elevations shown on the Drawings. Basic horizontal control points have been established or designated by the Engineer. These points shall be used as datum for Work under this Contract. All additional survey, layout and measurement work shall be performed by the Contractor as a part of the Work under this Contract. Special Conditions - 5 r 0• r r The Contractor shall provide experienced instrument men, competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes and other materials required to complete the survey, layout and measurement work. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed, a reasonable time in advance, of the times and places at which he or she wishes to do work, so that the horizontal and vertical control points may be done with minimum inconvenience to the Engineer and minimum delay to the Contractor. Any work done without being properly located may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 27. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES In Item 15.3 of the General Conditions, delete the words "...liquidated damages, the sum of TWO HUNDRED AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($200.00)..." and replace them with the words "...liquidated damages, the sum of THREE HUNDRED AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($300.00)..." 28. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP All materials and workmanship shall conform to the Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, 1993, and Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, 1980, and any revisions thereto. All testing procedures used on this project shall conform to the City of Pearland standards. If any of the test results do not meet the testing standards, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove or replace such material so that the testing standards can be met. 29. The Contractor shall not unload any Track Type construction machinery on any existing pavement or cross over any existing pavement or curb during any project. Any damage resulting from this type of activity shall be immediately removed and replaced at Contractor's sole expense. 30. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector and the City of Pearland Engineering Division at (281) 652-1639 at least forty-eight (48) hours before commencing work and twenty-four (24) hours before any testing or placement of concrete. The Contractor shall give forty-eight (48) hours notice before working on Saturdays. 31. The following specifications shall be considered a part of these specifications as if attached: a. "Texas Department of Transportation - 1993 - Standard, Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges as currently amended. b. Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation - 1980 - Texas Manual Special Conditions - 6 tam The Contractor shall provide experienced instrument men, competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes and other materials required to complete the survey, layout and measurement work. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed, a reasonable time in advance, of the times and places at which he or she wishes to do work, so that the horizontal and vertical control points may be done with minimum inconvenience to the Engineer and minimum delay to the Contractor. Any work done without being properly located may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 27. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES In Item 15.3 of the General Conditions, delete the words "...liquidated damages, the sum of TWO HUNDRED AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($200.00)..." and replace them with the words "...liquidated damages, the sum of THREE HUNDRED AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($300.00)..." 28. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP All materials and workmanship shall conform to the Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, 1993, and Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, 1980, and any revisions thereto. All testing procedures used on this project shall conform to the City of Pearland standards. If any of the test results do not meet the testing standards, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove or replace such material so that the testing standards can be met. 29. The Contractor shall not unload any Track Type construction machinery on any existing pavement or cross over any existing pavement or curb during any project. Any damage resulting from this type of activity shall be immediately removed and replaced at Contractor's sole expense. 30. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector and the City of Pearland Engineering -- Division at (281) 652-1639 at least forty-eight (48) hours before commencing work and twenty-four (24) hours before any testing or placement of concrete. The Contractor shall give forty-eight (48) hours notice before working on Saturdays. 31. The following specifications shall be considered a part of these specifications as if attached: a. "Texas Department of Transportation - 1993 - Standard, Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges as currently amended. b. Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation - 1980 - Texas Manual Special Conditions - 6 on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways as currently amended. c. Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation - 1980 - Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas as currently amended. d. Excavating and Trenching Operations - U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration 1985 (Revised) OSHA 2226 - as currently amended. e. The City of Pearland Design Standards - as currently amended. Special Conditions - 7 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS BROOKS SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Summary of Work, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's Use of Premises, and f Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work covered by this contract is for excavation of the existing Town Ditch Channel to a specified grade, construction of a swales and back slope drains, and various storm sewer adjustments. 1.03 ALTERNATES A. No Alternates are proposed as part of this Contract. 1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as specified in Section 01015 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B. Construction Operations: Limited to the street rights -of -way and easements and any Owner designated areas to be used for the Contractor's operations. 1.05 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Residents will conduct normal operations within the construction area. B. Cooperate with the City to minimize conflict. Coordinate Contractor's activities through the Engineer. C. Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01010-1 Page 1 of 1 WM MEW MOO IONE BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01015 CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES A. Section includes general use of the site including properties inside and outside of the construction site, rights -of -way, work affecting streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. 1.02 OWNER'S PROPERTY A. Confine access and operations and storage areas to areas provided by Owner. Trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B. Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the City against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of rights -of -way. Submit notarized copy of agreement between private property owner and Contractor for materials storage prior to use of the area. 1.03 USE OF SITE A. Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. B. Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. C. Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways within the site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition existing at start of Work, or better. 1.04 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A. Notify individual occupants in areas to be effected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 2 weeks prior to work being performed. Engineer will be provided with a sample door hanger for approval showing form and content to be followed. B. Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. ondi 01015-1 Page I of 3 1.05 PUBLIC, TEMPORARY, AND CONSTRUCTION ROADS AND RAMPS A. Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. B. Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment. 1.06 EXCAVATION IN ROWS, STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A. Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer. B. Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C. Remove surplus materials and debris and open each block for public use as work in that block is complete. No material, including backfill shall be left overnight. D. Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use. E. Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. F. Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G. Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section VI of the State of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 1.07 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Comply with traffic regulation as specified in the State of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 1.08 SURFACE RESTORATION A. Restore site to condition existing before construction to satisfaction of Engineer. B. Repair paved area per the requirements of the Contract Documents. 01015-2 Page 2 of 3 C. Repair turf areas which become damaged and level with bank run sand. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding. PART2 PRODUCTS - NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION r 01015-3 Page 3 of 3 SECTION 01025 BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for measurement and payment plus conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. 1.02 AUTHORITY A. Measurement methods delineated in Specification sections are intended to complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the Specification section shall govern. B. Engineer will take all measurements and compute quantities accordingly. C. Contractor shall assist by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Agreement are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Article 9 of the General Conditions. B. If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in the Bid Form, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted, except as otherwise stated in Article 9 of the General Conditions. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. B. Measurement by Volume: 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. .. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. 01025-1 Page I of 3 C. Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension at the item centerline or mean chord. E. Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the Agreement. F. Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A. Payment Includes: Full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation, services, and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. B. Interim payments for stored materials will be made only for materials to be incorporated under items covered in unit prices, unless disallowed in Supplementary Conditions. C. Progress payments will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. D. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A. Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B. If, in the opinion of Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of Engineer, if the modified work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. C. Specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. 11110 rim ali 01025-2 Page 2 of 3 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r D. The authority of Engineer to assess the nonconforming work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01025-3 Page 3 of 3 a VIM BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal procedures for: 1. Construction Schedules. 2. Construction Photographs. 3. Project Record Documents. 4. Design Mixes. 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Scheduling and Handling: 1. Schedule submittals well in advance of the need for the material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after submittal is approved. 2. Develop a submittal schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction, resubmission and final review of all submittals. The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a submittal schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer. This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor. 3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers only general conformity to the Drawings, Specifications and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. No quantities will be ver- ified by the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; review of submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Drawings and Specifications. 4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in the following paragraphs or in the Specifications. 5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in periodic progress payments until approval has been obtained in the specified manner. 01300-1 Page I of 3 B. Transmittal Form and Numbering: 1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a Transmittal Form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Resubmittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e., 2A for first resubmittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third resubmittal of Submittal 15). Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. C. Contractor's Stamp: 1. Apply Contractor's stamp certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 2. As a minimum, Contractor's Stamp shall include: a. Contractor's name. b. Job number. c. Submittal number. d. Certification statement that the Contractor has reviewed the submittal and it is in compliance with the Contract Documents. e. Signature line for Contractor. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be a bar chart, either computer generated or prepared manually and a narrative report. B. Contractor's Stamp, as described in paragraph 1.02C, shall be placed on each Schedule Submittal. C. Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements: 1. The schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Project Engineer. 2. For projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work should be indicated separately within the schedule. 0I300-2 Page 2 of 3 AIM a D. If the Contractor desires to make changes in his method of operating and scheduling after approval of the original planned operations schedule has been given to the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, stating the reasons for the change. If the Engineer considers these changes to be of significant nature, the Contractor may be required to revise and resubmit for approval all or the affected portion of the Contractor's Construction Schedule to show the effect on the entire Work. E. Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. When required by Specification sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of construction to show original site conditions. B. When required by Specification sections, submit photographs monthly with pay estimate. C. Photographs: Make two prints; color, matte, finish; [3 x 5] inch size; mounted on 8-1/2 x 11 inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch. Submit one print to the Engineer and retain the other prints at the Project Site. Provide photographs at frequency to document the Work before and as the Work is being filled in. D. Identify photographs with date, time, orientation and project identification. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01300-3 Page 3 of 3 -i BROOKS eS SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.03 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Owner will select the independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual specification sections. B. Owner will pay for services of the independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual specification sections. Contractor shall pay for all retesting. C. Employment of testing laboratory by Owner shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. D. Contractor shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. 1.04 LABORATORY REPORTS A. The Engineer will receive 3 copies and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of laboratory reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at site field office for duration of project. Test results which indicate non- conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Engineer. 1.05 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 01410-1 Page 1 of 2 C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Notify Engineer and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Engineer. B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on site. C. Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D. Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E. Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F. Arrange with laboratory and pay for: 1. Retesting required for failed tests. 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work. 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor beyond specified requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS - NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, plus other test standards specified in individual Specification Sections. END OF SECTION 01410-2 Page 2 of 2 — .100 BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the project including utilities, telephone, sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures, protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The facilities and controls specified in this section are considered minimum for the Project. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property. B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in other sections of the Specifications. C. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. D. Maintain and operate existing drainage systems to assure continuous service to all areas. E. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. F. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. G. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Obtaining Temporary Service: 1. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 2. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is substantially complete. Included are fuel, power, light, heat, and other utility services necessary for execution, completion. testing, and initial operation of the Work. 01500-1 Page 1 of 10 B. Water: 1. Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 2. For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants, obtain special permit or license from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. 3. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel and the Engineer or Engineer's Representatives. C. Electricity and Lighting: 1. Provide electric powered service as required for the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment, or for any other use by Contractor. 2. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain plant operations during any scheduled shutdown. 3. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10-foot-candles for stairs and shops. Provide a minimum of one 300-watt lamp for each 20 square feet in work area. D. Temporary Heat and Ventilation: 1. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. 2. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. E. Telephone: 1. Provide emergency telephone service at the Contractor's office for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at the site. 2. Provide a separate phone line and instrument in the field office, if used, for the Owner's Inspector. Cost for local calls and other project -related calls made by the Inspector shall be paid for by the Contractor. F. Sanitary Facilities: 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the job site; comply with the regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the job site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and 01500-2 Page 2 of 10 waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewer and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with governing regulations. 3. Locate toilets near the Work site and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. 1.04 STORAGE SHEDS AND BUILDINGS A. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. B. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off the ground. C. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. D. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from temporary and existing buildings. 1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Submit and follow a safety program in accordance with General Conditions, Paragraph 10.1. Include in the safety program documented response to trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01526 - Trench Safety System. B. Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable Federal, State and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Project. C. Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in 29 CFR Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor as occupational safety and health standards under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D. Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Immediately advise the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the job site under this 01500-3 Page 3 of I0 Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within 10 days of occurrence. E. Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidences of contamination, immediate take appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. F. Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the specifications and shown on the Drawings are obligations of the Contractor. G. Maintain required coordination with the local police and fire departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.06 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A. Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit. B. Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the site whenever Work is in progress. 1.07 FIRE PROTECTION A. Fire Protection Standards: 1. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those which may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. 2. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. 3. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 4. Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point in the Project area. B. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures: 1. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas which are continuously or intermittently hazardous. 01500-4 Page 4 of 10 111 2. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. 3. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. 4. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.08 SECURITY MEASURES A. Protect all Work materials, equipment, and property from loss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property and Inspector's and Engineer's property used in connection with the performance of the Contract. B. If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction, provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing. 1.09 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A. Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Drawings at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. B. Utilize the Utility Coordinating Committee (One Call Concept) at (713) 223-4567. Also contact the toll free telephone number 1-800-344-8377 (DIG-TESS). Call these numbers 48 hours in advance and obtain authorization numbers from each. 1.10 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY A. Preventive Actions: 1. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage. 2. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not be limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials which are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Project site safe and orderly. 01500-5 Page 5 of 10 e. Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately -owned land except on easements provided for construction. 4. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B. Barricades and Warning Signals: 1. Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work. 2. Use barricades painted to be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise, furnish and maintain at least one light at each barricade. 3. Erect a sufficient barricades to keep vehicles from being driven on or into Work under construction. Furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the Work. Maintain barricades, signs, and lights, and provide watchmen until the Project is accepted by the owner. C. Tree and Plant Protection. Conform to requirements of Section 01535 - Tree and Plant Protection. D. Protection of Existing Structures: 1. Underground Structures: a. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. b. Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone service connections are shown on the Drawings. This information is shown for the assistance of the Contractor in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. c. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of 01500-6 Page 6 of 10 utility services. Restore to original condition damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner. d. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. e. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price. 2. Surface Structures: a. Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to buildings, tanks, walls. bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 3. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure. 4. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. 5. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of 5 working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of underground utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operations reach and uncover the utility. 6. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by his Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. 01500-7 Page 7 of I0 E. Protection of Installed Products: 1. Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of Work. 2. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 3. Provide coverings to protect equipment and materials from damage. Cover projections, wall corners, jambs, sills, and exposed sides of openings in areas used for traffic and for passage of materials in subsequent work. 1.11 ROADS AND PARKING .. A. Prevent interference with traffic and operations on existing roads. B. Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking. Locate as approved by the Engineer. C. Minimize use by construction traffic of existing streets and driveways. D. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in existing parking areas. 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B. Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-190, Executive Order 11514. C. The Owner recognizes that the site has considerable natural value and that construction of projects should have minimum impact to the surrounding environment. The Contractor shall adopt construction procedures that do not cause unnecessary excavation and filling of the terrain, indiscriminate destruction of vegetation, air or stream pollution, nor the harassment or destruction of wildlife. D. Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents. Particularly avoid pollution of "on -site" streams, sewers, wells, or other water sources. E. Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. INN INN Inn IOW VOW 01500-8 Page 8 of I0 MEM WIN XII NEM AIM 1.13 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to streams, or in sanitary or storm sewers. D. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Use equipment during construction that conforms to current Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. 1.14 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A. Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas. B. Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the site or on adjoining properties. 1.15 NOISE CONTROL A. Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to the latest OSHA standards and local ordinances and in no case will noise levels be permitted which interfere with the Work of the Owner or create a nuisance in the surrounding residential neighbor- hoods. B. Conduct construction operations during daylight hours except as approved by the Engineer. C. Select construction equipment to operate with minimum noise and vibration. If in the opinion of the Engineer, objectional noise or vibration is produced by equipment, rectify such conditions without additional cost to the Owner. The Sound Power Level (PWL) of any equipment shall not exceed 85 dbA (re: 10' watts) measured 5 feet from the piece of equipment, or the levels prescribed by local ordinances, whichever is lower. Explicit equipment noise requirements are specified with equipment specifications. 01500-9 Page 9 of 10 1.16 DUST CONTROL A. Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment. Apply water or use other methods, subject to approval of the Engineer, which will control the amount of dust generated. 1.17 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A. Where required, the Contractor shall comply with the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit as stated in the Federal Register, Vo1.57, No.175. Prepare documentation and implement plan in accordance with Section 01565 - Source Controls NPDES requirements. B. Control ground water and surface water in accordance with Section 01563. PART2 PRODUCTS -Not Used PART3 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION 01500-10 Page 10 of 10 AVM Ala VIM 440 BROOKS oS SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 01526 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B. Trench safety system for structural excavations which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on trench excavations is on a linear foot basis measured along the centerline of the trench, including manholes and other line structures. B. Measurement for special shoring requirements used in trench excavations, if included in the unit price bid schedule, is on a square foot basis. C. No payment will be made for trench safety systems for structural excavations under this section. Include payment for trench safety system in applicable structure installation sections. D. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. A trench shall be defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. B. The trench safety system requirements will apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and these installations to dimensions equivalent of a trench as defined. C. Trench safety systems include but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. 01526-1 Page 1 of 3 B. Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation. Design the trench safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations. C. Construction and shop drawings containing deviations from OSHA standards or special designs shall be sealed by a licensed Engineer retained and paid by Contractor. D. Review of the safety program by the Owner/Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with this specification and will not constitute approval by the Owner/Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the detailed specifications set out in the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these specifications by reference include Sections 1926-650 through 1926-652. B. Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench safety systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code Ann., §756.021 (Vernon 1991). 1.06 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and his employees and agents from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgements or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to, safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used 01526-2 Page 2 of 3 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the trench safety drawings produced for the locations and conditions identified on the Drawings. C. A competent person, as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, shall verify that trench boxes and other premanufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Contractor, or Contractor's independently retained consultant, shall make daily inspections of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, Contractor shall immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until the necessary precautions have been taken by Contractor to safeguard personnel entering the trench. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. END OF SECTION Aml 01526-3 Page 3 of 3 .14 AME BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01564 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL A. Waste material disposal consists of disposal of trees, stumps, logs, brush, roots, grass, vegetation, humus, rubbish and other objectionable matter from operations such as clearing and grubbing, excavation and grading. The Contractor is responsible for removal and disposal of waste material: B. Waste material also includes unsuitable material or excess material from excavations or construction activities. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for work performed under this section. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DESCRIPTION A. Specific products are not required. Use equipment and material necessary to properly complete disposal of waste materials. Obtain approval for equipment and materials before beginning disposal of waste materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL A. Waste material must be removed from the work site and disposed of in manner not to damage the Owner or other persons. All excess concrete and asphalt will be removed from the site by the Contractor the same day it is excavated. B. Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for reuse or salvage. C. Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies. END OF SECTION 01564-1 Page I of 1 i BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01567 FILTER FABRIC FENCE A. Installation of erosion and sediment control filter fabric fences used during construction and until final development of the site. The purpose of filter fabric fences is to contain pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fences are not for use in channelized flow areas. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Bid Form as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics. B. ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B. Geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C. Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. 01567-1 Page 1 of 3 D. Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Drawings. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the project site until acceptance of the project or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D. Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fences as specified in this Section. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the project area stabilization is accepted. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials off site. E. Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. F Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. G. Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01565 - Source Controls NPDES Requirements. 01567-2 Page 2 of 3 VOI 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Drawing detail for Filter Fabric Fences. Filter fabric fences shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B. Attach the filter fabric to 1-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff. C. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher so that the downward face of the trench is flat and perpendicular to the direction of flow. The v-trench configuration as shown on the Drawings may also be used. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D. Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E. Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. F. Inspect sediment filter barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the fence or 6 inches, whichever is less. END OF SECTION 01567-3 Page 3 of 3 .11 BROOKS LG SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 01569 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of erosion and sediment control for stabilized construction exits used during construction and until final development of the site. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. B. Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements of this Specification. 1.03 UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Bid Form as a pay item, no separate payment will be make for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B. Geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. C. Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. D. Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 01569-1 Page 1 of 4 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A. Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings, salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter. B. Coarse aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size (Square Mesh) PART3 EXECUTION Percent Retained (By Weight) 2-1/2" 0 2" 0-20 1-1/2" 15-50 3/4" 60 - 80 No. 4 95 - 100 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment, Contractor shall provide stabilized construction roads and exits at the construction, staging, parking, storage, and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the project site until acceptance of the project or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D. Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the stabilized construction roads and exits until the project is accepted by the Owner. Remove stabilized construction roads and exits promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard removed materials off site. E. Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment OM MN MN IM 01569-2 Page 2 of 4 via off site at location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state, and local rules and regulations. F. Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. G. Conduct all construction operation under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Specification 01565 - Source Controls NPDES Requirements. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Drawings. B. Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Drawings or as specified in this Section. C. Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way. When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D. Details for stabilized construction exit are shown on the Drawings. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil. Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E. Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas. Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F. The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates too maintain the required depth. Repair and 01569-3 Page 3 of 4 clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G. The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Drawings, but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress. H. Stabilization for other areas shall have the same course aggregate, thickness, and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit, except where shown otherwise on the Drawings. I. Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by Engineer. J. Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Drawings, or when approved by the Engineer. These methods include the following: 1. Cement -Stabilized Soil - Compacted cement -stabilized soil or other fill material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches. 2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge -to -edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches. 3. Steel Mats - Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members. END OF SECTION 01569-4 Page 4 of 4 r r r r r r r f BROOKS 5 SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Closeout procedures including final submittals such as project record documents and warranties. 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with General Conditions regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B. Provide Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01720. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts and drainage systems. C. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. D. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the site. 1.04 WARRANTIES A. Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors. suppliers. and manufacturers. B. Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. C. Submit warranties prior to final Application for Payment. D. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements in the General Conditions, paragraph 9.10, Substantial Completion. r 01700-1 Page I of 2 PART2 PRODUCTS - NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01700-2 Page 2 of 2 1 r r BROOKS el SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01710 CLEAN-UP A. This Section describes the procedures for keeping the construction area and public properties free from accumulation of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by operations. B. This Section supplements any requirements for cleaning up contained in the General Conditions, or elsewhere. C. At completion of Work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials. Clean all exposed surfaces including crawl spaces, duct work, and pits, leaving project clean and ready for occupancy. D. In addition to standards described in this Section, comply with all requirements for cleaning up as described in various other Sections of the Specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conduct daily inspection, and more often if necessary, to verify that requirements of cleanliness are being met. B. In addition to the standards described in these Specifications, comply with all pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction for safety, health and insurance standards. 1.03 HAZARD CONTROL A. Store volatile waste in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily. B. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. C. Disposal: 1. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site and legally dispose of at a permitted solid waste facility. 2. In hauling any material from the construction site, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent debris from dropping from vehicles and littering the site, area streets, roads and highways. The Contractor shall promptly remove any debris which falls from vehicles. 01710-1 Page 1 of 4 D. Do not burn or bury rubbish or waste materials on the Project Site. Burning of removed trees is authorized. E. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. F. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. G. Do not dispose of excess concrete on the Project Site or Owner's property. 1.04 DUST ABATEMENT A. Wet down materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent it from blowing. 1.05 SITE CLEANING/APPEARANCE A. All walks, drives and streets outside the construction fence shall be kept clean of dirt, mud, debris, building materials, etc. at all times. B. The Contractor will immediately clean any mud tracked out of the construction area by vehicles or equipment. C. The Contractor will keep the entire construction area clean, and at least weekly conduct a general clean-up operation. D. The Contractor will keep the grass/weeds cut at all times within the limits of construction. Maximum time interval between mowing during growing season is two weeks. E. Periodically inspect, tighten and re -align construction/tree protection fencing. 1.06 FINISH WORK A. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting, and continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis until building is ready for beneficial occupancy or final acceptance. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide all required personnel, equipment, and materials needed to maintain the specified standard of cleanliness. MOP MEM MOM IOW 01710-2 Page 2 of 4 a talk AMP Inn 2.02 COMPATIBILITY A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material or as approved by the Engineer. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Retain all stored items in an orderly arrangement allowing maximum access, not impeding drainage or traffic, and providing the required protection of materials. B. Do not allow the accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material, or other items not required for construction of this Work. C. At least once each week and more often if necessary, remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site and legally dispose of them at public or private dumping areas off Owner's property. D. Provide on -site metal or other approved containers for collection of waste materials, debris or rubbish. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. E. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site, observing all requirements for fire protection, aesthetics of the jobsite and campus, and protection of the ecology. F. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project Site or property. G. In hauling any material from the campus, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent debris, mud, and building materials from dropping from vehicles and littering the campus or area streets and roads. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. For final cleaning, employ only experienced workmen or professional cleaners. B. In preparation for final inspection or occupancy, conduct final inspection of exposed interior and exterior surfaces and concealed spaces. C. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and paint where it does not belong, and remove other foreign materials from visible interior and exterior surfaces. Polish surfaces that have an integral shiny finish. Wit 01710-3 Page 3 of 4 D. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces. E. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. F. Maintain cleaning and mowing until project is accepted by Owner. G. Replace filters in equipment that was operated during construction, and lubricate as required. H. Clean inside of ducts, blowers, and coils of air conditioning and ventilating systems to remove any dust and debris accumulated during construction. I. Clean all glass, mirrors, and all resilient flooring; vacuum all carpet; broom clean all concrete floors; and wash, clean and seal all tile. J. Mow and edge all grassed areas; weed and trim all planting beds; clean all paved areas of dirt and debris. K. Wipe clean all metal building wall panels, and clean and wash out gutters and downspouts. L. Remove all dirt, surplus mortar and stain from brick, exterior pavements, steps and platforms. M. Water and protect all new planting. N. Remove all temporary construction, fencing, gates, and barricades removed. Fill all holes, compact and landscape to match existing conditions. O. Remove all dirt and debris from inlets, drainage culverts, gutters, pits, etc. 3.03 REPAIRS A. Repair, patch, touch-up or replace, if not satisfactorily repairable, marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces. All repairs of "pre -finished" metal panels and trim shall be with specified finish and carry the 20 year guarantee of same. 3.04 EXISTING AREAS A. Existing areas of site which are outside Contract limits, but are soiled as a result of the Work under this Contract, shall be cleaned and restored to original condition. END OF SECTION 01710-4 Page 4 of 4 MIS BROOKS 5 SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance and submittal of Record Documents and samples. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Maintain one record copy of documents at the site in accordance with the General Conditions, paragraph 6.19, Documents and Samples at the Site. B. Store Record Documents and samples in a secure location, or in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. C. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E. Keep Record Documents and samples available for inspection by the Engineer. 1.03 RECORDING A. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any Work until required information is recorded. B. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured depths of elements of construction in relation to finish floor or finished grade datum. 2. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench mark utilized for project. 4. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. 5. Field changes of dimension and detail. 6. Changes made by modifications. 7. Details not on original contract Drawings. 8. References to related shop drawings and modifications. 01720-1 Page I of 2 9. Record information with a red felt-tip marking pen on a set of blue line opaque drawings, provided by the Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. At contract closeout, deliver Project Record Documents to the Engineer. PART2 PRODUCTS - NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01720-2 Page 2 of 2 nowl 4.11 Alb alb lenr BROOKS eS SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 02082 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes. B. Precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes with PVC liner where corrosion resistant manholes are specifically indicated in the Drawings. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. Payment for normal depth manholes, up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Depth is measured from top of ring to sewer invert. 2. Payment for shallow depth manholes is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Shallow manholes have a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of ring to sewer invert. 3. Payment for extra depth manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. Depth is measured from top of ring to sewer invert. 4. Payment for normal depth corrosion resistant manholes, up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Depth is measured from top of ring to sewer invert. 5. Payment for extra depth corrosion resistant manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. Depth is measured from top of ring to sewer invert. 6. No separate payment for normal depth manhole drops, include cost for work in related pay items. 7. No separate payment for extra depth manhole drops, include cost for work in related pay items. 8. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 02082-1 Page I of 10 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings B. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. C. ASTM C 443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. D. ASTM C 478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. E. ASTM C 923 - Standard Specifications for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. F. ASTM C 1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink). G. ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft') H. ASTM D 2665 - Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings. I. ASTM D 2996 - Specification for Filament -Wound Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe J. ASTM D 2997 - Specification for Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe K. AWWA C 213 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines L. ASTM C 270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Shop drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials, and dimensions. 2. Summary of criteria used in the manhole design including, as a minimum, material properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. am ISO 02082-2 Page 2 of 10 MEM Include certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in Paragraph 2.01E of this Specification. 3. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 4. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections. 5. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 6. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required. 7. Materials and procedures for corrosion -resistant liner and coatings, if required. 8. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Provide manhole sections, base sections, and related components conforming to ASTM C 478. Provide base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B. Provide barrels constructed from 48-inch-diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Combine various lengths of manhole sections to total the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth and loading conditions as required in Paragraph 2.01E, but shall not be less than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C. Provide cone tops to receive cast iron frames and covers designed to support an H-20 loading, unless indicated otherwise. D. Where the Drawings indicate that manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric. The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. 02082-3 Page 3 of 10 E. Design Loading Criteria: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed, by the manufacturer, to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Drawings and to resist the following loads. 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at -rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf. 4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf. 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. F. Design: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed according to the requirements of ASTM C 478 and the following: 1. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 2. Wall loading conditions: a. Saturated soil pressure acting on an empty manhole. b. Manhole filled with liquid to mid -height from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure. 3. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. G. Provide joints between sections with o-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443. 2.02 CONCRETE A. Conform to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. B. Channel Inverts: Concrete for inverts not integrally formed with manhole base shall be either 5 sack premix (bag) concrete or Class A concrete, with a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. C. Cement Stabilized Sand Foundation: Provide cement stabilized sand foundation under base section in lieu of foundation slab, where allowed, conforming to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. 02082-4 Page 4 of 10 ANNI D. Concrete Foundation: Provide Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi for concrete foundation slab under manhole base section where indicated on Drawings. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. 2.04 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland Cement. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. 2.06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS VIM A. Provide drop connections and stubs conforming to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Provide resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: Type 304 stainless steel 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion -bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. B. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast -in -place manhole base are specified or shown on the Drawings, provide polyethylene -isoprene waterstop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, such as Press -Seal WS Series, or approved equal. 02082-5 Page 5 of 10 2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Provide sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame, such as Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Where corrosion -resistant manholes or PVC -lined manholes are indicated on the Drawings, provide one of the following: 1. PVC liner for precast cylindrical manhole section, base sections, and cone sections. 2. Precast base sections, as specified above, lined with PVC or equal and fiberglass manholes in accordance with Section 02083 - Fiberglass Manholes. . . 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS ' A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02221 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.11 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non-metallic, cement - based grout requiring only the addition of water. B. Grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.12 VENT PIPES A. Provide external vent pipes for manholes where indicated on the Drawings. B. Buried Vent Pipes: Provide 3-inch or 4-inch PVC DWV pipe conforming to ASTM D 2665. Alternatively, provide FRP pipe as specified for the vent outlet assembly. . C. Vent Outlet Assembly: Provide a vent outlet assembly as shown on the Drawings, constructed of the following specified materials: 1. FRP Pipe: Provide filament wound FRP conforming to ASTM D 2996 or centrifugally cast FRP conforming to ASTM D 2997. Seal cut ends in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 02082-6 Page 6 of 10 2. Joints and Fittings: Provide epoxy bodied fittings and join pipe to fittings with epoxy adhesive. 3. Flanges: Provide socket -flange fittings for epoxy adhesive bonding to pipe ends where shown on the Drawings. Flanges shall meet bolt pattern and dimensions for ANSI B 16.1, 125-pound flanges. Flange bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel or hot -dip zinc coated, conforming to ASTM A 307, Class A or B. 4. Coating: Provide a 2-component, aliphatic polyurethane coating using a primer or tie coat recommended by the manufacturer. Provide two or more coats to yield a dry film thickness of a least 3 mils. Provide Amershield, Tnemec 74, or approved equal. Color shall be selected by the Engineer from the manufacturer's standard colors. 2.13 PROHIBITED MATERIALS A. Do not use brick masonry for construction of sanitary sewer manholes, including adjustment of manholes to grade. Use only specified materials listed above. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless directed by Engineer. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Drawings. B. Place manholes at points of change in alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and at end of sewer. 02082-7 Page 7 of 10 3.03 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric, cement stabilized sand, or a concrete foundation slab. Compact cement -sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: Notify Engineer when unstable subgrade is encountered, for examination to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile - supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base when indicated by the Engineer. 3.04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Install precast adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat -top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support the manhole frame. C. Seal any lifting holes with non -shrink grout. D. Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. 3.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid material is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the interior or exterior of the manhole. If necessary, fill the space with a compressible material to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector. C. Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer, a rigid joint pipe may be used. Install a waterstop gasket around the existing pipe at the center of the cast -in - place wall. Join ends of split waterstop material at the pipe springline using an adhesive recommended and supplied by the waterstop manufacturer. 02082-8 Page 8 of 10 Asa y D. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum; 1-1/2 inches per foot maximum 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipes smaller than 15-inches: one-half of the largest pipe diameter b. Pipes 15 to 24-inches: three -fourths of the largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24-inches: equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.07 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Backfill drop assembly with crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric, cement stabilized sand, or Class A concrete to form a solid mass. Extend cement stabilized sand or concrete encasement a minimum of 4 inches outside of bells. B. Install a drop connection when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 24 inches above the invert of a manhole. 3.08 STUBS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS A. In manholes, where future connections are indicated on the Drawings, install resilient connectors and pipe stubs with approved watertight plugs. 3.09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover matches the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the precast top section with non -shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a 02082-9 Page 9 of 10 latex -based bonding agent to precast concrete surfaces to be joined with non -shrink grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant. The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in mortar or non -shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02221 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Provide embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the springline of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02911 - Topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. If shown on Drawings, sod disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been finally accepted. Repair damage to manholes at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 02082-10 Page 10 of 10 Aka BROOKS 5 SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 02084 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS. AND COVERS A. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings, and extensions. B. Ring grates. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices: 1. No payment will be made for frames, grates, rings, covers, and seals under this Section. Include payment in unit price for related item. 2. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. B. ASTM A 48 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings. C. ASTM A 615 - Standard Specification for Deformed Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. D. AWS - D 12.1 Welding Reinforcing Steel. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. C. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of casting assemblies that are not included in Drawings or standard details. Include plans, elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. 02084-1 Page 1 of 3 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to ASTM A 48, Class 30. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Drawings. Standard dimensions for manhole covers are 32 inches in diameter. D. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 2.02 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame. 2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916H (32-inch cover diameter) manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Model V-2420 by Vulcan Foundry, or approval equal. B. Where shown on the Drawing, provide manhole frames and covers with 48-inch- diameter clear opening, with inner cover for 22-inch diameter clear opening. Provide inner cover with pattern shown on Drawings, Vulcan Foundry V-7, Neenah Foundry, Model R-1741-F, or approved equal. 2.04 FINISH A. Unless otherwise specified, coat iron castings with the manufacturer's standard asphaltic paint. 2.05 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A 615. 02084-2 Page 2of 3 B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D 12.1. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ,_ A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions given in related specifications, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials. .• B. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep castings plumb, level, true, and free of rack. Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. C. Ring grates shall be fabricated in accordance with the City of Houston standard detail, Ring Grate for Open End of 18" to 72" Stubs to Ditch, and shall be set in mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell. END OF SECTION 02084-3 Page 3of 3 r BROOKS b SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02086 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, AND VALVE BOXES TO GRADE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Adjusting elevation of manholes, inlets, and valve boxes to new grades. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for adjusting utility structures to grade is on a lump sum basis for: 1. Adjusting manholes. 2. Adjusting inlets. 3. Adjusting valve boxes. B. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCE A. ASTM C 270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. For cast in place concrete, conform to requirements to Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. B. For mortar mix, conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S, using Portland Cement. 2.02 CAST-IRON ADJUSTING RINGS A. For cast-iron adjusting rings, refer to Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers. 02086-1 Page 1 of 3 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing structure, valve box, frame and cover or inlet box, frame and cover or inlet, and piping and connections for damage or defects that would affect adjustment to grade. Report such damage or defects to the Engineer. 3.02 ESTABLISHING GRADE A. Coordinate grade related items with existing grade and finished grade or paving, and relate to established bench mark or reference line. 3.03 ADJUSTING MANHOLES AND INLETS A. Elevation of manhole or inlet can be raised using precast concrete rings, metal adjusting rings, use of brick for adjustment of sanitary sewer manhole to grade is prohibited. Elevation of manhole or inlet can be lowered by removing masonry, adjusting rings or the top section of the barrel below the new elevation and then rebuilding or raising the elevation to the proper height. B. Salvage and reuse cast-iron frame and cover or grate. C. Protect or block off manhole or inlet bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris or soil falls to the bottom during adjustment. D. Install a cast -in -place slab at the top of the manhole barrel to receive the cast-iron frame and cover. Form concrete slabs to no less than 6 inches thick. E. Set the cast-iron frame for the manhole cover or grate in a full mortar bed and adjust to the established elevation. In streets, adjust covers to be flush with pavement. F. Verify that manholes and inlets are free of visible leaks as a result of reconstruction. Repair leaks in a manner subject to the Engineer's approval. 3.04 ADJUSTING VALVE BOXES A. Salvage and reuse valve box and surrounding concrete block. B. Remove and replace 6-inch ductile iron riser pipe with suitable length for depth of cover required to establish the adjusted elevation to accommodate actual finish grade. C. Reinstall valve box and riser piping plumbed in vertical position. Provide minimum 6 inches telescoping freeboard space between riser pipe top butt end and interior contact flange of valve box for vertical movement damping. 02086-2 Page 2 of 3 D. After valve box has been set, aligned, and adjusted so that top lid is level with final grade, pour 24-inch by 24-inch by 8-inch-thick concrete pad around valve box. Center valve box horizontally within concrete slab. 3.05 BACKFILL AND GRADING A. Backfill the area of excavation surrounding each adjusted manhole, inlet, and valve box and compact according to requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Grade the ground surface to drain away from each manhole and valve box. Place earth fill around manholes to the level of the upper rim of the manhole frame. Place earth fill around the valve box concrete slab. C. In unpaved areas, grade surface at a uniform slope of 1 to 5 from the manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02920 - Topsoil and seed in accordance with Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. END OF SECTION 02086-3 Page 3 of 3 AIM BROOKS LG SPARKS, INC. SECTION 02220 DEMOLITION CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolishing and removing existing structures, equipment and materials. B. Disposing of demolished materials and equipment. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for removal of storm sewer pipe is on a linear foot basis. B. Measurement for removal of concrete rip -rap is on a square foot basis. C. Measurement for removal of Type E inlets is on a per each basis. D. No separate payment will be made for removal of fencing under this section. Include cost in appropriate work item in accordance with the Bid Form. E. All other demolition activities are considered incidental, and no separate payment will be made under this section. Include cost in appropriate work item in accordance with the Bid Form. F. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for demolition of structures. Describe coordination for shutting off, capping, and removing temporary utilities. Plan operations to minimize temporary disruption of utilities to existing facilities or adjacent property. C. Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule for approval. Notify Engineer in writing at least 48 hours before starting demolition. D. Submit an approved copy of demolition schedule to local fire department prior to commencement of demolition operations. E. Obtain a permit for building demolition, as required. 02220-1 Page 1 of 5 1.04 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment designated for reuse or salvage are listed in Section 01010 - Summary of Work. Protect items designated for reuse or salvage from damage during demolition, handling and storage. Restore damaged items to satisfactory condition. B. Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the property of the Contractor. 1.05 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store and protect materials and equipment designated for reuse until time of installation. B. Deliver items to be salvaged to Owner designated storage areas indicated on Drawings. C. Remove equipment and materials not designated for reuse or salvage and all waste and debris resulting from demolition from site. Remove material as work progresses to avoid clutter. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Minimize spread of dust and flying particles. If required by governing regulations, use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to prevent the spread of dust, dirt and debris. B. Use appropriate controls to limit noise from demolition to levels designated in local ordinances. C. Do not use water where it can create dangerous or objectionable conditions, such as localized flooding, erosion, or sedimentation of nearby ditches or streams. D. Stop demolition and notify the Engineer if underground fuel storage tanks, asbestos, PCB's, contaminated soils, or other hazardous materials are encountered. E. Dispose of removed equipment, materials, waste and debris in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION A. Use equipment and materials approved under Paragraph 1.03, Submittals. 02220-2 Page 2 of 5 Aso AIM B. Fires are not permitted. C. Do not use a "drop hammer" where the potential exists for damage to underground utilities, structures, or adjacent improvements. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to demolition, make an inspection with the Engineer to determine the condition of existing structures and features adjacent to items designated for demolition. B. The Engineer will mark or list existing equipment to remain the property of the Owner. C. Do not proceed with demolition or removal operations until after the joint inspection and subsequent authorization by the Engineer. 3.02 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Provide safe working conditions for employees throughout demolition and removal operations. Observe safety requirements for work below grade. B. Maintain safe access to adjacent property and buildings. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks or passageways adjacent to the work. -• C. Perform demolition in a manner to prevent damage to adjacent property. Repair damage to Owner property or adjacent property and facilities. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and shall be liable for any damage due to movement or settlement. Provide proper framing and shoring necessary for support. Cease operations if an adjacent structure appears to be endangered. Resume demolition only after proper protective measures have been taken. 4101 411111. E. Erect and maintain enclosures, barriers, warning lights, and other required protective devices. 3.03 UTILITY SERVICES A. Follow rules and regulations of authorities or companies having jurisdiction over communications, pipelines, and electrical distribution services. 02220-3 Page 3 of 5 B. Notify and coordinate with utility company and adjacent building occupants when temporary interruption of utility service is necessary. 3.04 DISPOSAL A. Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for reuse or salvage. Conform to requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls or Section 01564 - Waste Material Disposal. B. Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies. 3.06 BACKFILL A. Backfill holes in accordance with specification sections governing materials indicated on Drawings. Where no material is indicated, backfill with approved borrow and compact to a density of 90 percent standard Proctor. B. Do not backfill with material from demolition unless approved by the Engineer. 3.07 MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS A. Mechanical removals consist of dismantling and removing existing piping, pumps, motors, water tanks, equipment and other appurtenances. It includes cutting, capping, and plugging required to restore use of existing utilities. B. Remove existing process, water, chemical, gas, fuel oil and other piping not required for new work. Take out piping to the limits shown or to a point where it will not interfere with the new work. Piping not indicated to be removed or which does not interfere with new work shall be removed to the nearest solid support, capped, and the remainder left in place. Purge chemical and fuel lines and tanks. Verify that such lines are safe prior to removal or capping. C. Where piping that is to be removed passes through existing walls, cut and cap piping on each side of the wall. Use cap appropriate for pipe material to be capped. Provide fire -rated sealant for walls classified as fire -rated. D. When underground piping is to be altered or removed, cap the remaining piping. Abandoned underground piping may be left in place unless it interferes with new work or is shown or specified to be removed. Piping less than 15 inches in diameter may be plugged and abandoned in place. For piping 15 inches in diameter and greater to be abandoned, fill with sand, pressure grout or other approved method and plug with concrete or brick masonry bulkhead. E. Remove waste and vent piping to points shown. Plug pipe and cleanouts and plugs. Where vent stacks pass through an existing roof that is to remain, remove the stack 02220-4 Page 4 of 5 and patch the hole in the roof. making it watertight. Comply with requirements of existing roof installer so as to maintain roof warranty. END OF SECTION 02220-5 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 02227 BROOKS cS SPARKS, INC. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities. including manholes and other pipeline structures. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No additional payment will be made for trench excavation, embedment and backfill. Include cost in the unit price for the installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. B. No separate or additional payment will be made for surface water control, ground water control, or for excavation drainage. Include in the unit price for the installed piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to the depth of the bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations. B. Pipe Bedding: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from the top of the foundation up to a level line at the bottom of the pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to the opposite sidewall. C. Haunching: The material placed on either side of the pipe from the top of the bedding up to the springline of the pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to the opposite sidewall. D. Initial Backfill: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from the springline of the pipe (top of the haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above the top of the pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to the opposite sidewall. E. Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of the bedding, haunching and initial backfill. F. Trench Zone: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from the top of the initial backfill up to the pavement subgrade, or, if the pipeline is not beneath a pavement, up to the final grade. _ 02227-1 Page 1 of 13 G. Unsuitable Material: Unsuitable soil materials are the following: 1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. H. Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. I. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions. J. Ground Water Control Systems: Installations external to the trench, such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes dewatering to lower the ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from the side or bottom of the trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of the excavation bottom. K. Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from the trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering the trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. L. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water in the trench by sump pumping and using a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D2321, placed on the foundation beneath the pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material. M. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of the trench bottom and trench walls of the pipe embedment zone. Trenches shall provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill except where structural trench support is necessary. 1. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. 02227-2 Page 2 of 13 s ANN MIM 2. Stable Trench with Seepage: Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage: a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. b. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. 3. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. N. Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed soils. The depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. O. Trench Dam: A placement of low permeability material in the pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the sewer. P. Over -Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below the top of the foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for the bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. Q. R. Trench Shield (Trench Box): A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as the work proceeds, and designed to withstand the forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench. Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on the depth and length of the excavation to be protected. S. Shoring (Shoring System): A structure that supports the sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins. 02227-3 Page 3 of 13 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM C12 - Standard Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. B. ASTM D558 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures. C. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-1b (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (304.8-mm) Drop. D. ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. E. ASTM D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications. F. ASTM D2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. G. ASTM D2922 - Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). H. ASTM D3017 - Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). I. ASTM D4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. J. TxDOT Tex-101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. K. TxDOT Tex-110-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. L. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards -Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.05 SCHEDULING A. Call the Lonestar Notification Center (713) 223-4567 at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends and holidays, before starting excavation. Request a check of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of proposed Work. Acquire temporary construction permits, if required. B. Schedule Work so that pipe embedment can be completed the same day that the acceptable pipe foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accord with Section 01300 - Submittals. 02227-4 Page 4 of 13 B. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction, including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. C. Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section. D. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements of Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. E. Submit a trench safety plan in accordance with requirements of Section 01526 - ' Trench Safety System. 11111111 s AIM MOM F. Submit record of location of utilities as installed, referenced to survey control points. Include locations of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give stations, horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts, and gradients. 1.07 TESTS A. Testing and analysis of embedment and backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent laboratory in accordance with requirements of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section. B. Contractor shall perform embedment and backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of Section 02251- Utility Backfill Materials. 1.08 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects. Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any damaged landscape or objects. B. Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings. 02227-5 Page 5 of 13 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts. Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C. Use trench shields which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of embedment and backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. 2.02 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Embedment and trench zone backfill materials shall conform to the classifications and product descriptions of Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. B. Concrete for Trench Dams: Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. C. Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 STANDARD PRACTICE A. Flexible pipe, including "semi -rigid" pipe, shall be installed to conform to standard practice described in ASTM D2321, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section shall prevail. B. Rigid pipe shall be installed to conform with standard practice described in ASTM C 12, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section shall prevail. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Establish traffic control to conform with requirements of Section 01570 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work, and is considered hazardous to traffic movements. 02227-6 Page 6 of 13 MIN i B. Perform Work to conform with applicable safety standards and regulations. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems. C. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. D. Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures at no additional expense to the Owner. F. Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace those which are damaged or destroyed by Contractor's operations. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. B. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to the depths and alignments shown on the Drawings. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. C. Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe .. outside diameter (O.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. .11 wIR NENE Nominal Pipe Size, Inches Less than 18 18 to 30 Greater than 30 Minimum Trench Width, Inches O.D. + 18 O.D. + 24 O.D. + 36 D. Sufficient trench width or benches shall be used above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where the depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. 02227-7 Page 7 of 13 E. Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work at that location, notify the Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. F. Shoring of Trench Walls: 1. Support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation when shoring with trench sheeting or trench jacks. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing out of the trench wall from behind the trench wall support. 2. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, sheeting driven into or below the pipe embedment zone shall be left in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting which has been cut off and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 3. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material. Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of the pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting embedment. 4. If sheeting or other shoring is used below the top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal. The maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the embedment zone shall be the equivalent of a 1-inch-thick steel plate. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. G. Use of Trench Shields. If the Contractor elects to use a trench shield (trench box) as a worker safety device, the following requirements shall apply: 1. Trench excavations shall be sufficient to allow the shield to be lifted or pulled freely, without damage to the trench sidewalls. 2. Trench shields shall be moved so that the pipe, pipe embedment and backfill materials, after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed nor the degree of compaction reduced. 3. The pipe foundation, if required, and bedding materials shall be placed, spread, and compacted beneath the shield. For backfill above the bedding, the shield shall be lifted as each layer of backfill is placed and spread. Backfill materials shall be placed and compacted against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 02227-8 Page 8 of 13 NEM OPEN WEN 3.04 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section and conforming with Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins. B. If required, provide additional backfill material conforming with requirements of Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Material. C. Excavated materials shall not be stockpiled on streets or adjacent properties. Contractor shall maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3.05 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Implement ground water control. It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide a stable trench in all cases to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications. 3.06 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B. Place trench dams in Class I embedments at the midpoint of line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes. 3.07 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Drawings. C. For pipe installation, embedment materials shall be manually spread around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted. Materials shall not be allowed to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalls, or against sheeting which is to remain in place. D. Trench shields or shoring shall not be placed within the height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of the compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in the embedment zone, Contractor must lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. 02227-9 Page 9 of 13 E. Filter fabric shall be placed to prevent particle migration from the in -situ soil into open -graded (Class I) embedment materials or drainage layers. F. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. G. Place haunching material around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, small -diameter or otherwise lightweight pipe shall be held in place during compaction of the haunch areas and beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. H. Place conduit directly on foundation without bedding. Pipe embedment material shall be shoveled in -place and compacted using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas. Each lift shall be compacted before proceeding with placement of the next lift: 1. Class I embedment materials: a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Contractor shall increase the compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand: a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials shall be within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands shall be on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J. Place trench dams in Class I embedments at the midpoint of line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes. 02227-10 Page 10 of 13 3.08 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. Trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets, and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, shall consist of cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches, or bank run sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Trenches partially within one foot from streets and curbs shall be uniformly backfilled according to the paved area criteria. Select fill shall be used within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, flexible base material shall be used within one foot below pavement subgrade. D. Trench zone backfill shall be placed in lifts and compacted by methods selected by the Contractor. Each lift shall be fully compacted before placement of the next lift: 1. Bank Run Sand: a. Maximum 9 inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D698. c. Moisture content shall be within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D698 2. Cement Stabilized Sand: a. Place cement -sand mixture in 8-inch loose lifts and compact to a minimum 95 percent of ASTM D698. Perform compaction within 4- hours after water is added to the mix. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D558. c. Moisture content shall be on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D558 but sufficient for cement hydration. 3. Select Fill: a. Maximum 6 inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D698. 02227-11 Page 11 of 13 c. Moisture content shall be within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D698. E. For trench excavations outside pavements, a random backfill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone: 1. Highly plastic clays (CH) shall be lime stabilized to achieve acceptable compaction. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils. 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D698. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. F. For electric conduits, remove form work used for construction of conduits before placing trench zone backfill. 3.09 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Backfill for pipeline structures shall meet the requirements for adjoining utility installations, as shown on the Drawings. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing for material source qualifications is the Contractor's responsibility as defined in Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. Testing during construction production will be performed by an independent laboratory under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. The Contractor shall provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to the depths required for the testing and retesting during construction at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E. Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. D. At least three tests for moisture density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D698, and for cement stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. 02227-12 Page 12 of 13 MEV alb E. In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D1556. or ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions: 1. A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation, bedding, haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 5. The density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance criteria. The placement will be rejected unless both of the verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. F. The Contractor shall recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. Hardened soil cement with nonconforming density shall be cored and tested for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. G. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Excess materials shall be disposed of in accordance with requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Control, or Section 02227 - Waste Material Disposal, as applicable. 3.12 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall take measures to minimize erosion of trenches. Water shall not be allowed to pond in trenches. Slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density or pavement failures or potholes shall be repaired, recompacted, and paved at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 02227-13 Page 13 of 13 ZIM AEI BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Material Classifications. B. Utility Backfill Materials: 1. Concrete sand. 2. Gem sand. 3. Pea gravel. 4. Crushed stone. 5. Crushed concrete. 6. Bank run sand. 7. Select backfill. 8. Random backfill. SECTION 02251 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS C. Material handling and quality control requirements. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for backfill material unless specifically listed in the bid documents. Include payment in unit price for applicable utility installation. B. Measurement for backfill material, when included as a separate pay item, is on a cubic yard basis for material placed and compacted within theoretical trench width limits and thickness of material according to Drawing details. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements for the designated application as embedment or trench zone backfill. B. Embedment: Material placed under controlled conditions within the embedment zone extending vertically upward from top of foundation to an elevation 12 inches above top of pipe, and including pipe bedding, haunching and initial backfill. C. Trench Zone Backfill: Material meeting specified quality requirements and placed under controlled conditions in the trench zone from top of embedment zone to base course in paved areas or to the surface grading material in unpaved areas. 02251-1 Page I of 9 D. Foundation: Either suitable soil of the trench bottom, or material placed as backfill of over -excavation for removal and replacement of unsuitable or otherwise unstable soils. E. Source: A source selected by the Contractor for supply of embedment or trench zone backfill material. A selected source may be the project excavation, off -site borrow pits, commercial borrow pits, or sand and aggregate production or manufacturing plants. F. Refer to Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities for other definitions regarding utility installation by trench construction. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregate. B. ASTM C 40 - Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. C. ASTM C 123 - Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. D. ASTM C 131 - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. E. ASTM C 142 - Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. F. ASTM C 136 - Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. G. ASTM D 2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). H. ASTM D 2488 - Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual - Manual Procedure). I. ASTM D 4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. J. TxDOT Tex-101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. K. TxDOT Tex-110-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit a description of source, material classification and product description, production method, and application of backfill materials. 02251-2 Page 2 of 9 .1111. 411. WIN ANL AIN C. Submit test results for samples of off -site backfill materials to comply with Paragraph 3.03, Material Quality Control. D. Identify off -site sources for backfill materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing. E. Before stockpiling materials, submit a copy of temporary easement or approval from landowner for stockpiling backfill material on private property. 1.06 TESTS A. Perform tests of sources for backfill material in accordance with Paragraph 3.03A. B. Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the Owner in accordance with Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services and in accordance with Paragraph 3.03B. C. Random fill obtained from the Project excavation as source is exempt from prequalification requirements by Contractor but must be inspected for unacceptable materials based on ASTM D 2488. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Materials for backfill shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. Material use and application is defined in utility installation specifications and Drawings either by class, as described in Paragraph 2.01 B, or by product descriptions, as given in Paragraph 2.02. B. Class Designations Based on Laboratory Testing: 1. Class I: Well graded sands and gravels, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW): a. Plasticity Index: Nonplastic. b. Gradation: D60/D10 - greater than 4 percent. Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent. 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty sands and gravels, little to moderate fines (GM, GP, SP, SM): a. Plasticity Index: Nonplastic to 4. 02251-3 Page 3 of 9 b. Gradation (GP, SP): Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - less than 5 percent. c. Gradation (GM, SM): Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of sand, gravel, and clay (GC, SC): a. Plasticity Index: Greater than 7. b. Gradation: Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Class IV: Lean clays (CL): a. Plasticity Index: Greater than 7. b. Liquid Limit: Less than 50. c. Gradation: Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - greater than 50 percent. d. Inorganic. 5. Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487 according to the more restrictive class. 2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A. Soils classified as silt (ML), silty clay (CL - ML with PI of 4 to 7), elastic silt (MH), organic clay and organic silt (OL, OH), and organic matter (PT) are not acceptable as backfill materials. These soils may be used for site grading and restoration in unimproved areas as approved by the Engineer. Soils classified as fat clay (CH) may be used as backfill materials where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to and Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 6 inches, free of roots, waste, debris, trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials: 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. C. Manufactured materials may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by the Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. 02251-4 Page 4 of 9 ..111111 wolml .01 D. Bank Run Sand: Durable bank run sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136. The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent. 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit not exceeding 25. b. Plasticity index not exceeding 7. E. Concrete Sand: Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 Nn 100 ) to 10 F. Gem Sand: Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve Percent Passine 3/8" 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 Nn R 1 S to 40 02251-5 Page 5 of 9 G. Pea Gravel: Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve Percent Passing /2" 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 Nn 16 Otn5 H. Crushed Aggregates: All crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. All materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines. 3. Los Angeles abrasion test wear not exceeding 40 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TEX-110-E. Sieve Percent Passing by Weight for Pipe Embedment By Ranges of Nominal Pipes Sizes >15" 15" - R" <R" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60 - 90 90 - 100 100 '/z" 25-60 - 90-100 3/8" - 20 - 55 40 - 70 No.4 0-5 0- 10 0- 15 NnR - O-5 O-5 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing from a naturally occurring single source. Crushed gravel or uncrushed gravel are not acceptable material for utility embedment. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, base course material, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, debris, or deteriorated concrete fragments. 02251-6 Page 6 of 9 .1110 .00 a in ..1111111 I. Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime in accordance with Section 02571 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing, to meet plasticity criteria. J. Random Backfill: Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II, III and IV: or fat clay (CH) where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. K. Cement Stabilized Sand: Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. L. Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class B concrete as specified in Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. M. Pavement Restoraton: Conform to requirements of Section 02571 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCES A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other source. B. Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources. All materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be credited to the Owner through a change order. C. Bank run sand, select backfill, and random backfill, if available in the Project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the work from off -site sources. D. The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 02251-7 Page 7 of 9 3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING A. When backfill material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, have that pit opened to expose the vertical faces of the various strata of acceptable material to be used. Excavate the material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B. Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. C. When stockpiling backfill material near the Project site, use appropriate covers to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D. Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 3.03 MATERIAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the Project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficient uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. B. Source or Supplier Qualification: 1. Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type. Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered. Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: a. Gradation. Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. b. Plasticity. c. Los Angeles abrasion. d. Clay lumps. e. Light weight pieces. f. Organic impurities. 02251-8 Page 8 of 9 C. Production Testing: 1. Establish a program to provide assurance that backfill materials delivered from the sources and placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. 2. Report results to the Engineer. D. Assist the Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant. E. Notify the Engineer in the field when non -conforming material is detected. F. Quality Control: 1. The Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a. Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles.On-site stockpiles. b. Materials placed in the Work. 2. The Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. 3. The Engineer will notify Contractor at the Project site about non -conforming materials and will, as appropriate, resample materials to verify results. G. The following tolerances apply to production quality control testing: 1. Embedment Material and Select Backfill: The Engineer may accept material provided that not more than one out of the most recent five consecutive tests are out of the specification limits for: a. Gradation: Not more than 5 percentage points on any individual sieve. b. Plasticity: Not more than 2 percentage points. 2. Trench Zone Backfill Material: Except for select and random backfill, the Engineer may accept the material provided that not more than one out of the most recent three consecutive tests are out of the specification limits for: a. Gradation: Not more than 8 percentage points on any individual sieve. b. Plasticity: Not more than 5 percentage points. 3. Select and Random Backfill: No quantified tolerances. Remove non- conforming material identifiable by visual -manual procedure. END OF SECTION 02251-9 Page 9 of 9 NIEL r r r r r r r r r BROOKS .5 SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section unless specifically noted in bid documents. Include payment for cement stabilized sand in unit price for applicable utility or structure installation section. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. B. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates (Fine Aggregate). C. ASTM C40 - Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. D. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. E. ASTM C 123 - Standard Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. F. ASTM C142 - Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. G. ASTM C 150 - Specification for Portland Cement. H. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil - Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-1b. (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (304.8 mm) Drop. I. ASTM D 1633 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil - Cement Cylinders. J. ASTM D2487 - Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). K. ASTM D4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. r 02252-1 Page 1 of 3 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposed design mix and test data for sand -cement mixture. 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to 95 percent of ASTM D698 and when cured in accordance with ASTM C31, Item 9, and tested in accordance with ASTM C31. Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150. B. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. 2. Verify through referenced tests that content of deleterious materials in sand is within following limits: a. Clay lumps, ASTM C142: less than 0.5 percent. b. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C 123 : less than 5.0 percent. c. Organic impurities, ASTM C40: color no darker than the standard color. 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. C. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A. Add required amount of water and mix it thoroughly in a pugmill-type mixer. B. Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after loading shall be rejected. 02252-2 Page 2 of 3 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING A. Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D698. Perform compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B. Do not place sand -cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of delivery and tested in accordance with ASTM D1633. END OF SECTION 02252-3 Page 3 of 3 BROOKS 5 SPARKS, INC. SECTION 02493 RIP RAP CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers furnishing and placing layers or courses of concrete rip rap to the lines, grades and depths shown on the Drawings. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for concrete rip rap is on a square yard basis, complete in place. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIP RAP A. Materials shall be broken concrete pavement or broken Class B concrete poured at the job site. B. Volume: 1. Minimum: One third cubic foot. 2. Maximum: One cubic foot. C. Provide spalls with reasonably uniform thickness: 1. Minimum: 4 inches. 2. Maximum: 9 inches. D. Spalls shall be of similar material. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prior to placing the material, make an excavation to the proper section width and depth of rip rap. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Bed pieces in prepared section one against the other, with ends in contact. B. Place material so that the greater portion of its weight is carried by the earth and not by the adjacent pieces. 02493-1 Page 1 of 2 C. Fill the spaces between the larger pieces with spalls of suitable sizes and fill the smaller spaces with earth. Thoroughly tamp into place. D. The surface of the rip rap shall be tightly finished to the lines, grade and depths shown on the Drawings. E. When required on the Drawings, spaces between the concrete shall be filled with mortar, grout or soil cement. END OF SECTION 02493-2 Page 2 of 2 BROOKS 5 SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 02506 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE A. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution in nominal diameters 4 inches through 24 inches. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. r J B. P 1.03 A. B. C. D. E. r F. G. Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this section. Include cost in unit price for work included as specified in the following sections: a. Section 02570 - Water Lines 2. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. REFERENCES ANSI A21.5 (AWWA C 105) - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C 110) - Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 48 inches for Water and Other Liquids. ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C 111) - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. ASTM D 1248 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. ASTM D 1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Compound and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Compounds. ASTM D 2241 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). ASTM D 2321 - Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe. 02506-1 Page 1 of 5 H. ASTM D 2444 - Test Method for Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight). I. ASTM D 2680 - Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Polyvinyl Chloride Composite Sewer Piping. J. ASTM D 3034 - Specification for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe and Fittings. K. ASTM D 3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. L. ASTM D 3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. M. ASTM F 477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. N. ASTM F 679 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large -Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. O. ASTM F 794 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large -Diameter Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. P. ASTM F 949 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings. Q. AWWA C 900 - Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches Through 12 Inches for Water Distribution. R. AWWA C 905 - Polyvinyl Chloride Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14 Inches Through 36 Inches. S. PPI TR3 - Policies and Procedures for Developing Recommended Hydrostatic Design Stresses for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials. T. UNI-B-11 - Recommended Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Water Transmission Pipe (Nominal Diameters 14 Inches through 36 Inches). U. UNI-B-13 - Recommended Standard Performance Specification for Joint Restraint Devices for Use with Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittal Procedures. 11. MP - UMW aolP 02506-2 Page 2 of 5 B. Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 for pressure pipe applications, or the appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B. Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 and this Section. C. When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of test reports to City Engineer for review. Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C. For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains, provide self -extinguishing PVC pipe that bears Underwriters' Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty to Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines. MEM D. Gaskets: 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477. Use elastomeric factory - installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. Alm 02506-3 Page 3 of 5 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Other contaminants Nitrile Rubber As recommended by the pipe manufacturer 3. Do not use PVC gasket material for water mains in potentially contaminated areas. E. Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non -toxic, non -objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non -supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. F. PVC pipe for water service shall bear National Sanitation Foundation Seal of Approval (NSF-PW). 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A. Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWA C 900, Class 150, DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast-iron equivalent outside diameters. B. Pipe 16-inch through 24-inch: AWWA C 905; Class 235; DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast-iron equivalent outside diameter. C. For large -diameter water mains, provide pipe manufactured by J-M Manufacturing Company, North American, Diamond Plastics Corporation, or I-Pex. D. Joints: ASTM D 3139; push -on type joints in integral bell or separate sleeve couplings. Do not use socket type or solvent weld type joints. E. Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints. Do not exceed maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for review by City Engineer. F. Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C 900, AWWA C 905, ANSI A 21.10 (AWWA C 110); at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. 2.03 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A 21.10, ductile iron; ANSI A 21.11 single rubber gasket push -on type joint; minimum 150 psi pressure rating. 02506-4 Page 4 of 5 r r t r r r r r r r r r r r B. Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02501 - Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. PARTS EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02570 - Water Lines, as applicable. B. Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer's recommendations. C. Water service pipe 12 inches in diameter and smaller: Installed to clear utility lines and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property line grade of street, unless otherwise required by Drawings. D. For water service, exclude use of PVC within 200 feet (along the public right-of-way) of underground storage tanks or in undeveloped commercial acreage. Underground storage tanks are primarily located on service stations but can exist at other commercial establishments. E. Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. F. Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION 02506-5 Page 5 of 5 .1114 .0111 BROOKS 1Sc SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02513 WET CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wet connections for new water mains and service lines to existing water mains. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. Payment for wet connections shown on Drawings is on the basis of each wet connection. Separate payment will be made for each size of water main. 2. No compensation will be given for extra work or for damages occurring as a result of an incomplete shutoff. 3. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AWWA C 800 - Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Wet connections consist of isolating sections of pipe to be connected with installed valves, draining the isolated sections, and completing the connections. B. Connection of 2-inch or smaller lines, which may be referred to on Drawings as "2- inch standard connections" or "gooseneck connections" will be measured as 2-inch wet connections. This item is not to be used as part of a 2-inch service line. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Pipe shall conform to requirements of applicable portions of Sections 02501 through 02528 related to piping materials and to water distribution. B. Corporation cocks and saddles shall conform to requirements of Section 02512 - Water Tap and Service Line Installation. i 02513-1 Page 1 of 2 C. Valves shall conform to requirements of Section 02521 - Gate Valves. D. Brass fittings shall conform to requirements of AWWA C 800. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONNECTION OPERATIONS A. Plan wet connections in such manner and at such hours as to least inconvenience public. Notify Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of making connections. B. Do not operate valves on mains in use by Owner. Owner Representative will handle, at no cost to Contractor, operations involving opening and closing valves for wet connections. C. Conduct connection operations when Inspector is at job site. Connection work shall progress without interruption until complete once existing mains have been cut or plugs has been removed for making connections. 3.02 2-INCH WET CONNECTIONS A. Tap water main. Use corporation cocks, saddles, copper tubing as required for line and grade adjustment, and brass fittings necessary to adapt to existing main. Use 2- inch valves when indicated on Drawings for 2-inch copper gooseneck connections. .F IMO END OF SECTION SIM map 10 MI IMP 02513-2 Page 2 of 2 BROOKS S SPARKS, INC. SECTION 02514 DISINFECTION OF WATER LINES CONSULTING ENGINEER/NG PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Disinfection of potable water lines. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for disinfection of water lines under this Section. Include cost in unit price of water lines being disinfected. 2. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Adjusting Payment for Retesting. 1. Subsequent disinfection operations which may be necessary due to nonconforming or incomplete construction will be charged to Contractor. Charges will be deducted from retainage amounts when construction estimates are processed for final payment. 2. Total charge will consist of base charge of $135.00 plus footage charge based on number of feet of specified diameter pipe in construction project. Footage charge is as follows: Size of Pipe Charge per Linear Foot 2-inch to 4-inch $0.03 6-inch 0.04 8-inch 0.05 10-inch to 12-inch 0.07 16-inch to 20-inch 0.09 24-inch to 30-inch 0.13 32-inch to 48-inch 0.16 54-inch 0.20 60-inch 0.22 66-inch 0.31 72-inch to 84-inch 0.40 90-inch to 96-inch 0.58 108-inch 0.75 120-inch or larger 1.00 C. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 02514-1 Page 1 of 3 1.03 REFERENCES A. AWWA C 651 - Disinfecting Water Mains. PART2 PRODUCTS - NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTING DISINFECTION ., A. Water lines constructed shall be promptly disinfected before any tests are conducted on water lines and before water lines are connected to City of Jersey Village water distribution system. B. Water for disinfection and flushing will be furnished by Owner without charge. C. Unless otherwise provided in Contract Documents, Owner will conduct disinfection operations assisted by Contractor. D. Coordinate chlorination operations through Engineer. 3.02 PREPARATION . r A. Use required temporary blind flanges, cast-iron sleeves, plugs, and other items needed to facilitate disinfection of new mains prior to connection to Owner water distribution system. Normally, each valved section of water line requires two each 3/4-inch taps. A 2-inch minimum blow -off is required for water lines up to and including 6-inch diameter. B. Fire hydrants shall be used as blow -offs to flush newly constructed water lines 8-inch diameter and above. Where fire hydrants are not available on water lines, locations and designs for blow -offs shall be as indicated on Drawings. Install temporary blow - off valves and remove promptly upon successful completion of disinfection and testing. MEM C. Slowly fill each section of pipe with water in a manner approved by Engineer. Average water velocity when filling pipeline should be less than one foot per second and shall not, under any circumstance, exceed 2 feet per second. Before beginning disinfection operations, expel air from pipeline. D. Excavations shall be backfilled immediately after installation of risers or blow -offs. 02514-2 Page 2 of 3 r r r r r r E. Install blow -off valves at end of main to facilitate flushing of dead-end water mains. Install permanent blow -off valves according to Drawings. 3.03 DISINFECTION BY OWNER PERSONNEL A. Correct problems that may prevent disinfection operations prior to advising Engineer to perform disinfection work. When disinfection work cannot be performed due to covered up valves, missing valve stacks, inoperative fire hydrants or other nonconforming construction, a charge will be levied against Contractor for each trip made by Owner personnel. B. Notify and coordinate with Engineer a minimum of 48 hours before disinfection work is to be performed. Assist Owner personnel during disinfection operations. 3.04 DISINFECTION BY CONTRACTOR A. The following procedure will be used when disinfection by Contractor is required by Contract Documents: 1. Use not less than 100 parts of chlorine per million parts of water. 2. Introduce chlorinating material to water lines in accordance with AWWA C 651. 3. After contact period of not less than 24 hours, flush system with clean water until residual chlorine is no greater than 1.0 parts per million parts of water. 4. Open and close valves in lines being sterilized several times during contact period. 5. If a chemical compound is used for a sterilizing agent, it shall be placed in pipes as directed by Engineer. 3.03 BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING A. After disinfection and flushing of water lines, bacteriological tests will be performed by Owner or testing laboratory in accordance with Section 01454 - Testing Laboratory Services. If test results indicate need for additional disinfection of water lines based upon Texas Department of Health requirements, assist Owner with additional disinfection operations. 3.06 COMPLETION A. Upon completion of disinfection and testing, remove risers except those approved for use in subsequent hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. END OF SECTION 02514-3 Page 3 of 3 i MOS .4111 .10 MEI BROOKS 3 SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02515 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PIPELINES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Field hydrostatic testing of newly installed water pipelines. B. Specifications identify requirements for both small -diameter (less than or equal to 20 inches) water mains and large -diameter. (greater than 20 inches) water mains. When specifications for large -diameter water mains differ from those for small- diameter water mains, paragraphs for large -diameter mains will govern for large -diameter pipe. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No payment will be made for hydrostatic testing of pipelines under this Section. Include cost in unit price of pipelines being tested. 2. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. PART2 PRODUCTS -Not Used PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Disinfect water system pipelines prior to hydrostatic testing. B. Hydrostatically test newly installed water pipelines after disinfection, if required, and before connecting to City of Jersey Village water distribution system. C. Water for testing will be charged to Contractor in accordance with City Ordinances. Prior to hydrostatic testing, Contractor's meter shall be tested and approved by the City of Jersey Village Department of Public Works. D. For large -diameter water mains, test pipelines in lengths between valves, or plugs, of not more than 4400 feet. 02515-1 Page I of 3 E. Small -diameter pipelines shall be tested in lengths between valves. or plugs. of not more than 1500 feet. F. Conduct hydrostatic tests in presence of Owner's Representative. 3.02 TEST PROCEDURES A. Furnish, install, and operate connections, pump, meter and gages necessary for hydrostatic testing. B. Allow pipeline to sit a minimum of 24 hours from time it is initially disinfected until testing begins, to allow pipe wall or lining material to absorb water. Periods of up to 7 days may be required for mortar lining to become saturated. C. For small -diameter pipelines, expel air and apply a minimum test pressure of 125 psi. For large -diameter water mains, expel air and apply a minimum test pressure of 150 psi. D. Begin test by 9:00 a.m. unless otherwise approved by Owner's Representative. Maintain test pressure for 8 hours. If a large quantity of water is required to maintain pressure during test, testing shall be discontinued until cause of water loss is identified and corrected. E. Keep valves inside pressure reducing stations closed during hydrostatic pressure test. 3.03 ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE FOR WATER MAINS A. During hydrostatic tests, no leakage will be allowed for sections of water mains consisting of welded joints. B. Maximum allowable leakage for water mains with rubber gasketed joints: 10.63 gallons per inch nominal diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours while testing at 125 psi or 11.65 gallons per inch nominal diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours while testing at 150 psi. 3.04 CORRECTION FOR FAILED TESTS A. Repair joints showing visible leaks on surface regardless of total leakage shown on test. Check valves and fittings to ensure that no leakage occurs that could affect or invalidate test. Remove any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, and valves discovered during pressure test and replace with new items. B. Engineer may require failed lines to be disinfected after repair and prior to retesting. Conduct and pay for subsequent disinfection operations in accordance with 02515-2 Page 2 of 3 requirements of Section 02514 - Disinfection of Water Lines. Contractor shall pay for water required for additional disinfection and retesting. C. Repeat test until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.05 COMPLETION A. Upon satisfactory completion of testing, remove risers remaining from disinfection and hydrostatic testing, and backfill excavation promptly. END OF SECTION 02515-3 Page 3 of 3 Ann BROOKS 5 SPARKS, INC. SECTION 02570 WATER LINES CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water line construction, valves, fittings, wet connections, leak and pressure testing. 1.02 UNIT PRICE A. Measurement and payment for pipe installed shall be at the unit price contained in the bid proposal, for each linear foot of pipe installed, complete in place including furnishing of all materials, all equipment, tools, transportation, services, labor and superintendence necessary for the construction and completion of improvements, including setting fire hydrants; making wet connections between proposed lines and existing lines; sheeting, bracing, and supporting the adjacent ground of structure where necessary; handling all drainage or ground water; replacing damaged water and sewer service lines, conduits, ducts, etc.; backfilling the trench and pits; removing surplus excavated materials; sterilizing the completed pipelines; replacing street base and surfaces; and other incidentals required to complete the Work. B. Butterfly valves, plug and clamp, and air release valves shall be paid at the bid unit price for each installed complete in place. C. Refer to Section 01025- Measurement and Payment. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MAIN WATER LINES A. Description: This item shall govern the construction of ductile or cast iron and/or AWWA C-900 and/or AWWA C905, Class 150 PVC water lines and appurtenances and connections with the existing water distribution system as shown on the Drawings, as directed by the Owner's Representative, and as described in these Specifications. All PVC water line installations shall use ductile iron fittings. B. Materials: 1. Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe: Cast iron pipe shall conform to Federal Specifications WWP-421 for "Pipe Water Cast Iron" Class 150, Type I, II, or III, and shall have mechanical joints conforming to ASA Specifications ASA A21.11. nura 02570-1 Page I of 8 2. Cast or Ductile Iron Fittings: Iron fittings shall be short body cast iron fittings conforming to AWWA C153. The fittings shall be rated for 250 p.s.i. water pressure plus water hammer conforming to ANSI Specifications A21.10 with mechanical joints conforming to ANSI Specifications A21.11. 3. Valves, Tapping Sleeves, Tapping Crosses, Tapping Valves and Valve Boxes: a. Gate Valves: Gate valves shall be push -on joint and double disc, parallel seat, iron body, brass or bronze mounted, conforming to AWWA Standard Specifications for gate valves for "Ordinary Water Works Service" and AWWA C509 for resilient seated gate valves. Gate valves shall be Mueller No. A2370-20 or approved equal. Gate valves shall be non -rising stem, without bypass and shall open left. b. Tapping Sleeves, Tapping Crosses, and Tapping Valves: Tapping sleeves, tapping crosses, and tapping valves shall be Mueller Nos. 615, 715, and 667, respectively, or approved equal. c. Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall be Mueller No. H-10364, or approved equal, of proper length. 4. Joint Materials: Push -on Joints: Joint materials for mechanical joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Specifications C 111 /A21.11. 5. AWWA C900 and AWWA C905 DR18 (Class 150) PVC Pipe: Refer to specification Section 02506. All other requirements in this section such as installation, fittings, etc. shall apply. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Unless specifically indicated on the Drawings or called for in the Specifications, iron water lines shall be constructed of mechanical joint pipe, with mechanical joint fittings and valves. 3.02 FIELD INSPECTION A. All pipe and accessories shall be laid, jointed, tested for defects, pressure tested for leakage, and chlorinated in the manner herein specified in the presence of the Owner's Representative and subject to the Owner's Representative's approval. 3.03 HANDLING PIPE AND ACCESSORIES: A. Pipe, fittings, valves and other accessories shall be unloaded at the point of delivery and hauled to and distributed at the site of the project by the Contractor. They shall at all times be handled with care to avoid damage. In loading and unloading, they shall be lifted by hoists or slid or towed on skidways in such manner as to avoid shock. 02570-2 Page 2 of 8 dft WNW Ala Under no circumstances shall they be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways must not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. B. In distributing the material at the site of the Work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench and shall be laid on high ground so that it will not be in a drainage -way. C. Pipe shall be handled in such a manner that a minimum amount of damage to the coating will result. Damaged coating shall be repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. D. Pipe shall be placed on the site of the Work parallel with the trench alignment and with bell ends facing the direction in which the Work will proceed unless otherwise directed. E. The interior of all pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter at all times. 3.04 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE A. All pipe shall be laid and maintained in the required lines and grade with fittings and valves at the required location, with joints centered and spigots home, and with all valve stems plumb. _ B. Where pipe is laid in roadways and parkways of streets, the top of barrel of pipe shall have a minimum depth of 36 inches below the curb line of the street or where no curb line has been estimated, below the existing ground line. Where the pipe is laid in open, unsubdivided areas, the top of barrel of pipe shall have a cover of 42 inches. AIM 3.05. TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEMS AND EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF TRENCH A. Trench Safety Systems: Comply with the requirements of Section 01526. B. Excavation: 1. The trench shall be excavated to the alignment and depth required and not to exceed 200 feet in advance of pipe laying. 2. The trench shall be braced if necessary and drained so that workpersons may work therein, safely and efficiently. 3. It is essential that the discharge from any pumps be led to natural drainage channels, drains, or storm sewers. 4. Excavation and trenching shall be performed in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities and 01526 - Trench Safety System. 02570-3 Page 3 of 8 3.06 PIPE HANDLING A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the Work. B. All pipe, fittings, and valves shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of derrick ropes or other suitable tools or equipment, in such manner as to prevent damage to pipe or pipe coating. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench. C. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the pipe and it shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. D. The spigot shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced "home" and brought into true alignment. It shall be secured there with earth carefully tamped under and on each side of it, except at the bell holes. Care shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. No "blocking up" of pipe or joints will be permitted. The joint shall be made as hereinafter described. E. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by approved means, and no trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe. F. Cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe. G. Unless otherwise directed, pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying. For lines on an appreciable slope, bells shall at the discretion of the Owner's Representative face upgrade. H. Wherever necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal planes to avoid obstructions, to plumb stems or for any other reason, the degree of deflection shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. I. No pipe shall be laid in water or when the trench conditions or the weather is unsuitable for such work, except in emergency designated by the Owner's Representative. 3.07 JOINTING PIPE A. All lumps, blisters, and coal -tar enamel shall be removed from socket and spigot of the pipe. B. Wash socket and plain end with soapy water containing chlorine solution; then slip gasket into socket. 02570-4 Page 4 of 8 4111. C. Paint gasket with soapy water containing chlorine solution. Slip plain end into bell. D. Push gasket into position, being sure it is evenly seated in socket. E. Slide gland into position; insert bolts and run nuts up finger tight. F. Tighten bolts to uniform tightness with ratchet wrench. The first bolt tightened shall .� be the bottom bolt, then the top. All other bolts shall be tightened in a sequence at 180 degrees apart. AIM G. Standard plugs shall be inserted into the bells of all dead ends of pipes, tees, or crosses, and spigot ends shall be capped. Plugs of caps shall be jointed to the pipe or fittings in the manner specified above. 3.08 SETTING VALVES, VALVE BOXES, AND FITTINGS A. Gate valves and pipe fittings shall be set and jointed to new pipe in the manner heretofore specified for cleaning, laying and jointing pipe. B. Cast iron valve boxes shall be firmly supported, and maintained centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the gate valve, with box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed. 3.09 PLUGGING DEAD ENDS A. Standard plugs shall be inserted into the bells of all dead end pipes, tees, or crosses, and spigot ends shall be capped. B. Plugs of caps shall be jointed to the pipe or fittings in the manner specified above. 3.10 CONCRETE BACKING A. Concrete having compressive strength not less that 2000 pounds per square inch shall be used as a cradle or backing where directed by the Owner's Representative. B. Bends exceeding 22-1/2 degrees, crosses with one opening plugged, and all tees shall be backed with concrete as a thrust backing. C. Backing shall be placed between solid ground and the fitting to be anchored. The area of bearing on pipe and on ground shall be, in each instance, that required by the Owner's Representative. D. The backing shall, unless otherwise directed, be so placed that the pipe and fitting joints shall be accessible for repair. i 02570-5 Page 5 of 8 3.11 WET CONNECTIONS OR CUT -INS A. This item shall govern the connection of new mains with existing water mains, at the locations shown on the Drawings or designated by the Owner's Representative and as described in the Specifications. A wet connection is defined as one that is made under pressure. B. Cast iron fittings, valves and valve boxes shall be as specified in "Materials" of "Main Water Lines" of this specification. C. Wet connections or cut -ins shall be performed in conformity with the applicable provisions of "Main Water Lines." The Contractor shall excavate, cut the existing main, remove the section of old pipe, rework the trench, connect the new pipe with the old and set necessary specials and valves as shown on the Drawings. D. At the cut -ins of existing mains, all new mains shall be at such depth as will permit the setting of valves in the valve boxes, and such that the top of the valve box will be flush with the pavement when the valves are in paved streets. E. Where cut -ins are made immediately adjacent to valves which are under pressure, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to brace such valves and to prevent blow -outs of the mains under pressure. F. Where cut -ins are made, new valves as shown in the connection details shall be set. G. When the existing mains have been cut or a plug removed for a connection. then the work of making the connection shall progress without interruption until complete. No additional compensation shall be granted for making connections at night or for having to complete a connection under unfavorable working conditions. JIM 3.12 OPERATING OF VALVES AND CONTROLS • A. Completion of the Work involves the shutting off, wholly or partially, of existing gate valves on the distribution system. This work will be done by the Owner upon reasonable notice by the Contractor requesting the same. Shut -offs will be made at such time as will be convenient to the Owner. B. Whenever the Contractor desires to proceed with a wet connection without a complete shut-off, there will not be any extra compensation for damages or extra work resulting from the incomplete shut-off. 02570-6 Page 6 of 8 .11111 3.13 BACKFILLING, CLEANING AND MAINTAINING SURFACES A. As soon as practicable after the completion of laying and jointing of the pipe, the trench shall be backfilled. At no time shall the complete backfilled trench be more than 300 feet behind the pipe laying. Backfilling shall be performed in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Surplus pipe line materials, rubbish and temporary structures shall be removed by the Contractor and the construction site shall be left clean to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. The line shall be cleaned up immediately after satisfactory pressure test has been made. 3.14 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. Hydrostatic testing of water mains shall be performed in accordance with AWWA Standard C600. B. Refer to Section 02515 - Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines. 3.14 STERILIZATION OF MAINS A. Refer to Section 02514 - Disinfection of Water Lines B. Water mains shall be sterilized in conformance with AWWA Standard C601 latest revision. C. The Contractor shall sterilize all new mains, furnishing all labor, equipment and material necessary for the complete sterilization of the mains as herein provided and to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. D. Mains shall be sterilized by application of a chlorinating agent into the water used for the initial filling of the mains. The chlorinating agent may be a chlorine gas -water mixture, calcium hypochlorite in water, or chlorinated lime of known chlorine content in water and shall be fed through a suitable solution feed device. E. The chlorinating agent shall be applied at or near the beginning point from which the main is being filled and shall be injected into the main through a corporation cock tapped into the horizontal axis of the newly laid pipe. F. The water being used to fill the line shall be controlled to flow into the section to be sterilized very slowly, and the rate of application of the chlorinating agent shall be in such proportion to the rate of water entering the pipe that the chlorine applied to the water shall be at least 50 ppm. ANN 02570-7 Page 7 of 8 G. The chlorine treated water shall be retained in the main for a minimum of 24 hours. Should it be necessary, an alternate dosage of 500 ppm for hour may be provided. H. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be flushed from the mains until the replacement water shall have a chlorine content not more than 0.1 ppm in excess of the residual in water from the supplying main and in any event not less than 0.2 ppm. I. Following sterilization and flushing of a section of new main, the Contractor will have bacteriological analyses made to check the effectiveness of such sterilization. J. No main shall be placed in service or accepted until water samples therefrom meet requirements of the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission. Results of tests will be approved by the Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION 02570-8 Page 8 of 8 BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02611 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforced concrete pipe for sanitary sewers and storm sewers. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT '— A. Unit Prices. MEI 1. No separate payment will be made for reinforced concrete pipe under this Section. Include cost in unit price work as specified in the following Sections: a. Section 02631 - Storm Sewers. 2. Refer to Section 01025- Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 76 - Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. B. ASTM C 443 - Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe. C. ASTM C 497 - Method of Testing Concrete Pipe, Sections, or Tile. D. ASTM C 506 - Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe E. ASTM C 507 - Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe. F. ASTM C 655 - Reinforced Concrete D-load Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe. G. ASTM C 822 - Standard Definitions and Terms Relating to Concrete Pipe and Related Products. H. ASTM C 877 - Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Non circular Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 02611-1 Page 1 of 3 B. Submit complete product data for pipe, fittings and gaskets for approval. Indicate conformance to appropriate reference standards. C. Submit certificates by a testing laboratory, hired and paid by the manufacturer, that concrete pipes meet applicable standards when tested in accordance with ASTM C 497. D. For jacking pipe, submit drawings and data describing grouting port design and closure procedures when required by Section 02431 - Tunnel Grout, including liner repair, as applicable. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Circular reinforced concrete pipe shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 76, for Class III wall thickness. Joints shall be rubber gasketed conforming to ASTM C 443. B. Reinforced concrete arch pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 506 for Class A -III. Joints shall conform to ASTM C 877. C. Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe, either vertical or horizontal, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 507 for Class VE-III for vertical or Class HE -III for horizontal. Joints shall be rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C 877. D. Reinforced concrete D-load pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 655. 2.02 GASKETS A. When no contaminant is identified, furnish rubber gasket conforming to ASTM C 443 for circular reinforced concrete pipe and rubber gasket conforming to ASTM C 877 for reinforced concrete elliptical pipe. B. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants: CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other Contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer 02611-2 Page 2 of 3 2.03 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER PIPE A. Reinforced concrete pipe for sanitary sewers shall be PVC lined and conform to Section 02752 - Plastic Liner for Large Diameter Concrete Sewers and Structures. B. Reinforced concrete pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas shall have liners that are recommended by the manufacturer as resistant to contaminants identified in the Phase II Environmental Site Assessment Report. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Representatives of City Engineer will inspect manufacturer's plant and casting operations as deemed necessary. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of the following Sections, as applicable: 1. Section 02631 - Storm Sewers. B. Install reinforced concrete pipe in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 02611-3 Page 3 of 3 f r r r r r r r all r r BROOKS S SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Corrugated metal pipe (CMP). B. Corrugated metal pipe with smooth interior (CMPSI). 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices: SECTION 02642 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE 1. No payment will be made for corrugated metal pipe in open cut under this Section. Include payment in unit price for Section 02720 - Storm Sewers. 2. No payment will be made for corrugated metal pipe in non -open cut under this Section. Include payment in unit price for applicable tunneling section. 3. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO M 36 - Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic -Coated, for Sewers and Drains. B. AASHTO M 190 - Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches. C. AASHTO M 196 - Corrugated Aluminum Pipe for Sewers and Drains. D. AASHTO M 197 - Aluminum Alloy Sheet for Corrugated Aluminum Pipe. E. AASHTO M 218 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) for Corrugated Steel Pipe. F. AASHTO M*232 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. G. AASHTO M 245 - Corrugated Steel Pipe, Polymer Precoated, for Sewers and Drains. H. AASHTO M 246 - Steel Sheet, Metallic -Coated and Polymer Precoated for Corrugated Steel Pipe. I. AASHTO M 274 - Steel Sheet, Aluminum -Coated (Type 2) for Corrugated Steel Pipe. J. ASTM B 633 - Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. r 02642-1 Page I of 7 K. ASTM A 760 - Specifications for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metalic-Coated for Sewers and Drains. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit shop drawings with the following information: 1. Design dimensions and details for pipe and fittings indicating alignment, grade, and laying dimensions. 2. Fabrication details, details of fittings and flanges, details of specials, and proposed welding procedures. 3. Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide manufacturer's affidavits that pipe was manufactured in compliance with standards referenced in this Section, and that coatings and linings were not applied or allowed to cure in freezing temperatures. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Corrugated metal pipe may be galvanized steel, aluminized steel, aluminum or precoated galvanized steel as indicated on Drawings and conforming to the following: Galvanized Steel AASHTO M 218 Aluminized Steel AASHTO M 274 Aluminum AASHTO M 197 Precoated Galvanized Steel AASHTO M 246 1. Reference to gauge of metal is to U.S. Standard Gauge for uncoated sheets. Tables in AASHTO M 218 and AASHTO M 274 list thicknesses for coated sheets in inches. The tables in AASHTO M 197 list thicknesses in inches for clad aluminum sheets. B. Coupling bands and other hardware for galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall conform to requirements of AASHTO M 36 for steel pipe and AASHTO M 196 for aluminum pipe. 1. Coupling bands shall be not more than 3 nominal sheet thicknesses lighter than thickness of pipe to be connected and in no case lighter than 0.052 inch for steel or 0.048 inch for aluminum. 02642-2 Page 2 of 7 r NMI .14 Ale 2. Coupling bands shall be made of same base metal and coating (metallic or otherwise) as pipe. 3. Minimum width of corrugated locking bands shall be as shown below for corrugations which correspond to end circumferential corrugations on pipes being joined: a. 10-1/2 inches wide for 2-2/3-inch x 1/2-inch corrugations. b. 12 inches wide for 3-inch x 1-inch corrugations. 4. Helical pipe without circumferential end corrugations will be permitted only when it is necessary to join a new pipe to an existing pipe which was installed with no circumferential end corrugations. In this event pipe furnished with helical corrugations at ends shall be field jointed with either helically corrugated bands or with bands with projections (dimples). The minimum width of helical corrugated bands shall conform to the following: a. 12 inches wide for 1/2-inch-deep helical end corrugations. b. 14 inches wide for one -inch -deep helical end corrugations. 5. Bands with projections shall have circumferential rows of projections with one projection for each corrugation. Width of bands with projections shall be not less than the following: a. 12 inches wide for pipe diameters up to and including 72 inches. Bands shall have two circumferential rows of projections. b. 16-1/4 inches wide for pipe diameters of 78 inches and greater. Bands shall have four circumferential rows of projections. 6. Bolts for coupling bands shall be 1/2-inch diameter. Bands 12 inches wide or less will have a minimum of 2 bolts per end at each connection, and bands greater than 12 inches wide shall have a minimum of 3 bolts at each connection. 7. Galvanized bolts may be hot dip galvanized in accordance with requirements of AASHTO M 232, mechanically galvanized to provide same requirements as AASHTO M 232, or electrogalvanized per ASTM B 633, Type RS. C. Bituminous coated pipe or pipe arch shall be coated inside and out with a bituminous coating which shall meet these performance requirements and requirements of AASHTO M 190. 1. Pipe shall be uniformly coated inside and out to a minimum thickness of 0.05 inch, measured on crests of corrugations. 2. Bituminous coating shall adhere to the metal so that it will not chip, crack, or peel during handling and placement; and shall protect pipe from corrosion and deterioration. 02642-3 Page 3 of 7 3. Where a paved invert is shown on Drawings, pipe or pipe arch, in addition to fully- coated treatment described above, shall receive additional bituminous material, same as specified above, applied to the bottom quarter of circumference to form a smooth pavement. Maintain a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above crests of corrugations. D. Furnish all fittings and specials required for bends, end sections, branches, access manholes, and connections to other fittings. Design fittings and specials in accordance with Drawings and ASTM A 760. Fittings and specials are subject to same internal and external loads as straight pipe. 2.02 PIPE FABRICATION A. Steel Pipe: 1. Galvanized or aluminized steel pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 36, Type I, Type IA, or Type II, as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams, helical corrugations with continuous helical lock seam, or ultra -high frequency resistance butt -welded seams is acceptable. B. Aluminum Pipe: 1. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 196, Type I, Type IA, circular pipe, or Type II, pipe arch as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted or spot-welded seams, or helical corrugations with a continuous helical lock seam. 3. Portions of aluminum pipe that will be in contact with concrete or metal other than aluminum, shall be insulated from these materials with a coating of bituminous material meeting requirements of AASHTO M 190. Extend coating a minimum distance of one foot beyond area of contact. C. Precoated Galvanized Steel Pipe: 1. Pipe shall be full circle or arch pipe conforming to AASHTO M 245, Type I, Type IA or Type II as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabrication with circumferential corrugations, lap joint construction with riveted seams, or helical lock seams is acceptable. 3. Inside and outside coating shall be a minimum of 10 mils. 02642-4 Page 4 of 7 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Damaged spelter coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing damaged area and removing all loose, cracked, or weld -burned spelter coating. Cleaned area shall be painted with a zinc dust -zinc oxide paint conforming to Federal Specifications TT-P- 641g. B. Damaged aluminized or polymer coating shall be repaired in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 EARTHWORK A. Excavate in accordance with requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the Drawings. When pipes are laid in a trench, the trench when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of backfill and bedding material under and around pipe. B. Bed pipe in accordance with Drawings. When requested by City Engineer, furnish a simple template for each size and shape of pipe for use in checking shaping of bedding. Template shall consist of a thin plate or board cut to match lower half of cross section. C. Where rock in either ledge or boulder form exists below pipe, remove the rock below grade and replace with suitable materials so that a slightly yielding compacted earth cushion is provided below pipe a minimum of 12 inches thick. D. Where soil encountered at established grade is quicksand, muck or similar unstable materials, such unstable soil shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements of Section 02317 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Do not allow °-� cement stabilized materials for backfill to come into contact with any uncoated aluminum or aluminized pipe surface. E. After metal pipe structure has been completely assembled on proper line and grade and headwalls constructed when required by the drawing details, place selected material from excavation or borrow along both sides of the completed structures equally, in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required and thoroughly compacted between adjacent structures and between structure and sides of trench, or for a distance each side of structure equal to diameter of pipe. Backfill material shall be compacted to the same density requirements as specified for adjoining sections of embankment in accordance with specifications. Above three- 02642-5 Page 5 of 7 fourths point of structure, place uniformly on each side of pipe in layers not to exceed 12 inches. F. Only hand operated tamping equipment will be allowed within vertical planes 2 feet beyond horizontal projection of outside surface of structure for backfilling, until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained. Remove and replace damaged pipe. G. Do not permit heavy earth moving equipment to haul over structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed. H. During backfilling, obtain uniform backfill material and uniform compacted density throughout length of structure so that unequal pressure will be avoided. Provide proper backfill under structure. I. Prior to adding each new layer of loose backfill material, an inspection will be made of inside periphery of structure for local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods. Evidence of deformation will be reason for such corrective measures as may be directed by City Engineer. 3.03 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Place pipes on prepared foundation starting at outlet end. Join sections firmly together, with side laps or circumferential joints pointing upstream and with longitudinal laps on sides. B. Metal in joints which is not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing shall be coated with an approved asphaltum paint. C. Provide proper equipment for hoisting and lowering sections of pipe into trench without damaging pipe or disturbing prepared foundation and sides of trench. Pipe which is not in alignment or which shows undue settlement after laying, or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid. 02642-6 Page 6 of 7 D. Multiple installations of corrugated metal pipe and pipe arches shall be laid with the center lines of individual barrels parallel. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. maintain the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes: Diameter of Pipe Clear Distance Between Pipes Full Circle and Pipe Arch Pipe Arch Design No. 18" I'-2" 2 24" 1'-5" 3 30" 1'-8" 4 36" l'-I I" 5 42" 2'-2" 6 48" 2'-5" 7 54" 2'-10" 8 60"-84" 3'-2" 9 90"-120" 3'-5" 10 & Over E. Where extensions are attached to existing structures, install a proper connection between structure and existing as indicated on Drawings, coat the connection with bituminous material when required. F. When existing headwalls and aprons are indicated for reuse on the Drawings, sever portion to be reused from the existing culvert, and relocate to prepared position. Damaged headwalls, aprons or pipes attached to the headwall, shall be restored to their original condition. 3.04 JOINTING A. Field joints shall maintain pipe alignment during construction and prevent infiltration of side material. B. Coupling bands shall lap equally on pipes being connected to form a tightly -closed joint. C. Use corrugated locking bands to field join pipes furnished with circumferential corrugations including pipe with helical corrugations having reformed circumferential corrugations on ends. Fit locking bands into a minimum of one full circumferential corrugation of pipe ends being coupled. END OF SECTION 02642-7 Page 7 of 7 • • 4■ BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02720 STORM SEWERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section provides for furnishing and constructing storm sewers and inlets. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement: 1. All pipe sewers, proposed culverts and relocated existing culverts, except jacked culverts, will be measured by the linear foot of size and type, installed and accepted. 2. Jacked culverts will be measured by the linear foot of the size and type installed and accepted, within the jacked section. 3. Pipe sewers will be measured from center of manhole or lint to center of manhole, inlet or outlet. 4. Pipe culverts will be measured from face to face of headwalls or be centerline dimensions when pipe is cut on skew at slope paving. 5. Inlets will be measured by the unit, complete in place. B. Payment: 1. Pipe sewers, box sewers, proposed culverts and relocated existing culverts will be paid at the unit price bid per linear foot complete in place for the size and type installed and accepted. Excavation and salvage of existing pipe culverts to be relocated will be included in the unit price bid for salvage operation and will be replaced and paid for at the unit price bid for culvert pipes of similar size and type. 2. Jacked culverts will be paid at unit price bid per linear foot, complete in place for the size and type installed. 3. All inlets will be paid at the unit price bid for each inlet complete in place. No payment will be made for "extra depth inlets." 4. No separate payment will be made for backfilling. Include the cost of backfilling in the contract unit price for each item of the Work. 5. No separate payment will be made for excavation, dewatering, shaping, bracing, sheeting, flooring, tamping and all other incidentals necessary for constructing the pipe or box sewer. 02720-1 Page I of 7 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STORM SEWER PIPE A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: 1. Provide reinforced concrete pipe which conforms with ASTM C 76, Class III. For circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing, apply a readily visible stripe at least 12 inches long painted or otherwise applied on the inside and outside of the pipe at each end so that when the pipe is laid in the proper position the line will be at the center of the top of the pipe. B. Corrugated Steel Culvert Pipe: 1. Provide AASHTO, M36 corrugated steel pipe with annular or helical corrugations. The pipe must be Type I. 2.02 COATINGS A. On corrugated steel culvert pipe, use AASHTO M-190 bituminous material, Type A. 2.03 PIPE JOINT MATERIAL A. Cold Compound Joints: 1. For concrete pipe or box sections, furnish pipe joint material as follows: a. Talcote No. 0.52. b. Gulf States No. GS 702. c. Ram-Nek flexible plastic gasket as manufactured by the K. T Snyder Company, Inc. d. Or equal. 2. Joints must meet all requirements of Federal Specifications SS-S-00210, "Sealing Compound, Performed Plastic for Pipe Joints", Type 1, rope form. 3. Use a primer of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the compound used. B. Neoprene or Rubber Gasket Joints: 1. For concrete pipe, provide gasket joints meeting requirements of ASTM C 443. 2. Provide a lubricant which shall have no detrimental effect on the gasket or pipe and is specifically recommended by the gasket manufacturer. 02720-2 Page 2of7 MIN 411. OMNI C. Corrugated Steel Couplings: 1. For corrugated steel pipe, use coupling banks made of the same base metal as the pipe and conforming to AASHTO M-36. 2. Coat with material conforming with AASHTO M-190. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. Dig the trench and bottom as specified in Section 02227 - Excavation, Trenching and Backfill for Utilities, and as detailed on the Drawings. 3.02 PIPE BEDDING A. Lay pipe on Class A Bedding as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Furnish and place in position as directed, all necessary stakes, grade and batter boards for locating and shaping the bottom of the trench. Obtain Engineer's approval for proper bedding material condition and placement, and line and grade of trench. B. Lay pipe accurately to line and grade in a straight line with spigot or tongue end of the pipe pointing in the direction of flow. C. Fit pipes together and match them so that when laid, the pipe will form a sewer or culvert with a smooth and uniform invert. D. Where shown on plans or as approved, pipe and culverts may be jacked, bored or tunneled. 3.04 CONCRETE PIPE OR BOX JOINT INSTALLATION A. Cold Compound Joints: 1. Bell and Spigot Pipe: a. Completely coat the inside surface of pipe bells and the outside surface of spigot ends with joint primer. Prime pipe only when the pipe is clean and dry. Apply coating sufficiently in advance so that primer will be thoroughly dry when pipe is laid. Pipe 24 inches and larger must be primed at the point of manufacture. 02720-3 Page 3 of 7 b. Apply a fillet of compound on jute around the bottom half of inside of bell. Press enough dry twisted jute into the compound to pass around the pipe and lap at the top and shove home the spigot of the pipe. Bring the jute around the pipe, firmly calking the jute into place. Jute should be sufficient to fill one-fourth of the depth of bell with compound, taking care to leave no voids and to provide sufficient compound to form a fillet sloping 45 degrees from outer end of the bell to the barrel of the pipe. 2. Tongue and Groove Pipe or Box: a. With compound, coat both ends of the pipe with primer on all surfaces that will be in contact. Coat pipe only when the pipe is clean and dry. Allow the primer to dry before the pipe is laid. Pipe 24 inches and larger must be primed at the factory. b. After pipe has been set to proper line and grade in the trench, trowel or otherwise apply to the groove end of the pipe a''A-inch-thick layer of compound. Cover about two-thirds of the joint face around the entire circumference. c. Shove home the tongue end of the next pipe with sufficient pressure to make a tight joint. Take care to avoid leaving ridges of compound projecting into the pipe in a manner that would obstruct flow. d. Make necessary adjustments in the quality and consistency of the compound, as directed. 3. Band or Tongue and Grove Pipe or Box: a. Install an outside band of joint compound completely around the circumference of the pipe at eh joint. This will necessitate digging bell holes at each joint. The band must have a thickness at the center of at least 3/4-inch tapering uniformly to nothing approximately 3 inches each side of center. b. Where Type A bedding is used, the band may be omitted on the portions of the joint that will be embedded in cement stabilized sand bedding. B. Rubber gaskets meeting ASTM C 443 may be used in jointing concrete pipe. Ends of the pipe must be accurately made and designed for use with gaskets. 1. Lay the pipe section in the trench to true alinement and grade. Take exceptional care in placing pipe and making field joints. 2. Properly lubricate the groove end of the pipe and rubber gasket with flax soap or equal. Mineral lubricants will not be permitted. 02720-4 Page 4 of 7 3. Stretch a gasket over the spigot end of the pipe and carefully seat the gasket in the groove. Do not twist, roll, cut, crimp or otherwise injure gaskets or force them out of position during closure of the joint. 4. Joints in pipe 12 inches and over may be pulled home by suitable winch, come - along or jack, 3 tons minimum capacity. Correct joint rebound before backfilling pipe. 5. Pull or push home pipe smaller than 12 inches in diameter by suitable means. Remove foreign matter or dirt from the pipe and keep the pipe clean during and after laying. C. Positioning: 1. Joints made with cold compound may be pulled home by means of a suitable winch or other suitable power equipment of a come -along. Do not use a bar stuck in to the ground for positioning joints on pipes larger than 10 inches. A bar may be used to push home the joints in pipe 10 inches and smaller, provided the joints are pushed all the way home. 2. Positioning will be checked by measuring the laid length per joint so that the number of joints multiplied by the laying length per joint must equal the actual length of sewer in any given section. 3. Pull pipe home in a straight line with all parts of the pipe on the line and grade. Do not permit horizontal or vertical movement of the pipe during or after the pulling operation. 4. Pull or push home rubber gaskets joints by any suitable means that will provide adequate pressure to ensure proper assembly of the joint. Use special care to ensure that the joints are pushed home and remain in that position. 5. Complete the joint in accordance with the published instructions of the manufacturer. Do not point the outside of joints with mortar. 3.05 CORRUGATED STEEL OR ALUMINUM COUPLING INSTALLATION A. Keep the space between the pipe and connecting bands free from dirt and grit so that the corrugations fit snugly. While tightening the connecting band, tap the band with a soft-headed mallet made of wood, rubber or plastic to take up slack and to ensure a tight joint. B. After jointing, fill the annular space between abutting sections with bituminous material. C. Unless otherwise specified, make field joint with outside bans, each band consisting of one or two pieces. Provide the type, size, and gage of the band and the size of angles and bolts as indicated, or, where not indicted, as specified in the applicable standards or specification for the pipe. 02720-5 Page 5 of 7 D. Rubber -Type Gasketed Joints: 1. Make gaskets used with circular pipe having not over 5 percent ellipse of 3/8 inch thick by 'Y2 inch minimum width closed -cell expanded synthetic rubber. Fabricate the gasket in the form of a cylinder with a diameter approximately 10 percent less than the nominal pipe size. Provide gasket material conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 443. 2. Furnish connecting bands of the angle -lug, rod -and -lug, or U-bolt type. Provide the type, size and gage of band and the size of angles, bolts, rods, and U-bolts as indicated; or where not indicated, as specified in the applicable standards or specification for the pipe. 3. Install gaskets in accordance with the recommendations of the gasket manufacturer. Use lubricants and cements recommended by the manufacturer and comply with the manufacturer's installation requirements. 4. Place the gasket over one end of the section of pipe for half the width of the gasket. Double the other half over the end of the same pipe. When the adjoining section of pipe is in place, roll the doubled -over half of the gasket over the adjoining section. Correct any unevenness in overlap so that the gasket covers the ends of the pipe sections equally. Center the connecting bands over the adjoining sections of pipe, place the rods or bolts in position and tighten the nuts. Tighten the band evenly, keeping even tension on the rods or bolts. Verify that the gasket is seating properly in the corrugations. 3.06 PUSH ON JOINT INSTALLATION A. Preparation: 1. Clean the bell and rubber gasket so that no foreign material can interfere with the assembly of the pipe spigot. Clean the pipe spigot with a clean dry cloth. 2. Lubricate the spigot end of the pipe with a material specifically recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Cover entire spigot end circumference. 3. Do not allow any bedding material to touch the spigot after it has been lubricated. B. Assembly: 1. Insert the spigot end into the bell so that it is in contact with the rubber gasket. Keep the pipe lengths in proper alinement. Race the bell while the spigot is pushed in under the rubber gasket. 2. Pipe can be pushed home by hand or by bar and block. Stabbing pipe is not permitted. 3. Complete joint assembly as recommended by the pipe manufacturer's installation requirements. 02720-6 Page 6 of 7 3.07 BACKFILL A. Backfill the trench in accordance with the Section 02227 Excavation and Backfilling for Utilities and with details shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 02720-7 Page 7 of 7 BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING SECTION 02920 TOPSOIL PART1 GENERAL •- 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, and AIM 311/ 311. planting. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices: 1. No separate payment will be made for topsoil under this Section. Include payment under Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. 2. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from excavation or borrow operations having the following characteristics: 1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5. 2. Liquid limit: 50 or less. 3. Plasticity index: 20 or less. 4. Gradation: maximum of 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. B. Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, weeds, non -soil materials, and other litter or contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumps, and stones larger than 2 inches. C. Obtain topsoil from naturally well -drained areas where topsoil occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or reproductive parts of nut grass or other noxious weeds. 02920-1 Page 1 of 2 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct lines and grades. 3.02 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION A. Conform to excavation and stockpiling requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.03 PLACEMENT A. For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify or plow existing material to a minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Drawings. Remove vegetation and foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on loosened material and roll lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate topsoil. B. Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over sand bedding and backfill materials specified in Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Material. C. For areas to receive shrubs or trees, excavate existing material and place topsoil to the depth and dimensions shown on the Drawings. D. Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Waste Material Disposal. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect topsoil from wind and water erosion until planting is completed. END OF SECTION 02920-2 Page 2 of 2 �. BROOKS & SPARKS, INC. AIM SECTION 02932 HYDROMULCH SEEDING CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintenance of areas indicated in these specifications and on the Drawings. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for hydromulch seeding is on an acre basis. B. Unless the item has been listed as a bid item, payment for hydromulch seeding shall be included in other sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. .• C. Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law. voml mom PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Seed: Conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements: 1. Rye: Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Bermuda: Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common bermuda (Cynodon dactylon). Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. 02932-1 Page I of 3 4. Seed requirements, application rates and planting dates are: Type Application Rate Pounds/A Planting Date 1. Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 40 Jan 1 to Mar 31 2. Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 40 Apr 1 to Sep 30 3. Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 40 40 30 Oct 1 to Dec 31 5. Fertilizer: Dry and free flowing, inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer, which is uniform in composition. Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements: a. Nitrogen: 10 Percent. b. Phosphoric Acid: 20 Percent. c. Potash: 10 Percent. 6. Mulch: Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0.42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0.01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. 7. Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. 8. Weed control agent: Pre -emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Place and compact topsoil. Topsoil shall be free of weeds and foreign material. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Seed: Apply uniformly at rates given in Paragraph 2.01 A for type of seed and planting date. B. Fertilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. 02932-2 Page 2 of 3 r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r C. Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 100 square feet. D. Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E. Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to hydromulching. F. Suspend all operations under conditions of drought, excessive moisture, high winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain Engineer approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. For areas seeded in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until an acceptable lawn is established. B. Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming. C. Repair areas damaged by erosion by regrading, rolling and replanting. END OF SECTION r 02932-3 Page 3 of 3 BROOKS 3 SPARKS, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 03305 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTUCTION A. Cast -in -place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such as slabs on grade, small vaults, site -cast bases for precast units, in -place liners for manhole rehabilitation, and box culverts. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for concrete for utility construction under this Section unless specifically noted in bid documents. Include payment in applicable utility structure section. B. Obtain the services of and pay for a certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. B. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. C. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. D. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. E. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. F. ACI 309R - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. G. ACI 311 - Batch Plant Inspection and Field Testing of Ready Mixed Concrete. H. ACI 315 - Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. J. ACI 544 - Guide for Specifying, Mixing, Placing, and Finishing Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete. K. ASTM A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 03305-1 Page 1 of 18 L. ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. M. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. N. ASTM A767 - Standard Specifications for Zinc -coated (Galvanized) Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. O. ASTM A775 - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. P. ASTM A820 - Steel Fibers for Fiber Reinforced Concrete. Q. ASTM A884 - Specification for Epoxy -coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement. R. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. S. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. T. ASTM C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. U. ASTM C42 - Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. V. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. W. ASTM C138 - Standard Test Method for Unit Weight Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. X. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. Y. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. Z. ASTM C172 - Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. AA. ASTM C 173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Volumetric Method. AB. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. AC. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 03305-2 Page 2 of 18 AD. ASTM C309 - Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. AE. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. AF. ASTM C595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. AG. ASTM C685 - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing. AH. ASTM C1017 - Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. AI. ASTM C1064 - Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement Concrete. AJ. ASTM C 1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratory Testing of Concrete and Concrete Aggregate for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. AK. ASTM D638 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. AL. ASTM D746 - Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. AM. ASTM D747 - Test Method for Apparent Bending Modulus of Plastics by Means of a Cantilever Beam. AN. CRSI MSP-1 - Manual of Standard Practice. AO. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars. AP. Federal Specification SS-S-210A - Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints. AQ. NRMCA - Concrete Plant Standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in the Work. C. Submit laboratory reports prepared by an independent testing laboratory stating that materials used comply with the requirements of this Section. IMP 03305-3 Page 3 of 18 D. Submit manufacturer's mill certificates for reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by the Engineer. E. Submit certification from concrete supplier that materials and equipment used to produce and deliver concrete comply with this Specification. F. When required on Drawings, submit shop drawings showing reinforcement type, quantity, size, length, location, spacing, bending, splicing, support, fabrication details and other pertinent information. G. For waterstops, submit product information sufficient to indicate compliance with specifications, including manufacturer's descriptive literature and specifications, when required on the Drawings. 1.05 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Cement: Store cement off of the ground in a well -ventilated weatherproof building. B. Aggregate: Prevent mixture of foreign materials with aggregate and preserve gradation of aggregate. C. Reinforcing Steel: Store reinforcing steel to protect it from mechanical injury and formation of rust. Protect epoxy -coated steel from damage to the coating. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, unless the use of Type III is authorized by Engineer; or ASTM C595, Type IP. For concrete in contact with sewage use Type II cement. 2. When aggregates are potentially reactive with alkalis in cement, use cement not exceeding 0.6 percent alkali content in the form of Na,O + 0.658K,O. B. Water: Clean, free from harmful amounts of oils, acids, alkalis or other deleterious substances, and meeting requirements of ASTM C94. C. Aggregate: 1. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33. Unless otherwise indicated, use the following ASTM standard sizes: No. 357 or No. 467; No. 57 or No. 67, No. 7. Maximum size: Not larger than 1/5 of the narrowest dimension between sides 03305-4 Page 4 of 18 of forms, nor larger than 3/4 of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33. 3. Determine the potential reactivity of fine and coarse aggregate in accordance with the Appendix to ASTM C33. D. Air Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260. E. Chemical Admixtures: 1. Water Reducers: ASTM C494, Type A. 2. Water Reducing Retarders: ASTM 494, Type D. 3. High Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers): ASTM C494, Types F and G. F. Prohibited Admixtures: Admixtures containing calcium chloride, thiocyanate, or materials that contribute free chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. G. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Use new billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, ASTM A767, or ASTM A775, grade 40 or grade 60, as shown on the Drawings. Use deformed bars except where smooth bars are specified. When placed in work, keep steel free of dirt, scale, loose or flaky rust, paint, oil or other harmful materials. 2. Where shown, use welded wire fabric with wire conforming to ASTM A185 or ASTM A884. Supply the gage and spacing shown, with longitudinal and transverse wires electrically welded together at points of intersection with welds strong enough not to be broken during handling or placing. 3. Wire: ASTM A82. Use 16-1/2 gage minimum for tie wire, unless otherwise indicated. H. Fiber: 1. Polypropylene Fiber: a. Ratio: 1.5 pounds of fiber per cubic yard of concrete. b. Physical Properties: 1) Material: Polypropylene. 2) Length: 3/4 inch. 3) Specific Gravity: 0.91. 4) Absorption: None. 5) Tensile Strength: 70-110 Ksi. 6) Modulus of Elasticity: 500 Ksi. 7) Melt Point: 140 degrees F (60 degrees C). 03305-5 Page 5 of 18 8) Flash Point: 932 degrees F (500 degrees C). 9) Density: 3 pounds/cubic yard. c. Acceptable Manufacturer: W. R. Grace Company, Fibermesh, or approved equal. 2. Steel Fiber: Comply with applicable provisions of ACI 544 and ASTM A820. a. Ratio: 50 to 200 pounds of fiber per cubic yard of concrete. b. Physical Properties: 1) Material: Steel. 2) Aspect Ratio (for fiber lengths of 0.5 to 2.5 inch, length divided by diameter or equivalent diameter): 30:1 to 100:1. 3) Specific Gravity: 7.8. 4) Tensile Strength: 40-400 ksi. 5) Young's Modulus: 29,000 ksi. 6) Minimum Average Tensile Strength: 50,000 psi. 7) Bending Requirements: Withstand bending around 0.125-inch diameter mandrel to an angle of 90 degrees, at temperatures not less than 60 degrees F, without breaking. I. Curing Compounds: Type 2 white -pigmented liquid membrane -forming compounds conforming to ASTM C309. 2.02 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Lumber and Plywood: Seasoned and of good quality, free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay and other imperfections which would affect strength or impair the finished surface of concrete. Use S4S lumber for facing or sheathing. Forms for bottoms of caps: At least 2-inch (nominal) lumber, or 3/4-inch form plywood backed adequately to prevent misalignment. General use: Provide lumber of 1-inch nominal thickness or form plywood of approved thickness. B. Formwork for Exposed Concrete Indicated to Receive Rubbed Finish: Form or form -lining surfaces free of irregularities; plywood of 1/4-inch minimum thickness, preferably oiled at the mill. C. Chamfer Strips and Similar Moldings: Redwood, cypress or pine that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to true line. Use mill -cut molding dressed on all faces. D. Form Ties: Metal or fiberglass of approved type with tie holes not larger than 7/8 inch in diameter. Do not use wire ties or snap ties. 03305-6 Page 6 of 18 MIK .10 .4111 • E. Metal Forms: Clean and in good condition, free from dents and rust, grease or other foreign material that tend to disfigure or discolor concrete in a gage and condition capable of supporting concrete and construction loads without significant distortion. Countersink bolt and rivet heads on facing sides. Use only metal forms which present a smooth surface and which line up properly. 2.03 PRODUCTION METHODS A. Use either ready -mixed concrete conforming to requirements of ASTM C94, or concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C685. 2.04 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS A. Measure dry materials by weight, except volumetric proportioning may be used when concrete is batched and mixed in accordance with ASTM C685. B. Measure water and liquid admixtures by volume. 2.05 DESIGN MIX A. Use design mixes prepared by a certified testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM C 1077 and conforming to requirements of this section. B. Proportion concrete materials based on ACI 211.1 to comply with durability and strength requirements of ACI 318, Chapters 4 and 5, and this specification. Prepare mix design of Class A concrete so minimum cementitious content is 564 pounds per cubic yard. Submit concrete mix designs to the Engineer for review. C. Proportioning on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures in accordance with the requirements at Section 5.3 of ACI 318 may be used, if approved by the Engineer. 03305-7 Page 7 of 18 D. Classification: Clas s Type Minimum Compressive Strength (Ibs/sq.in.) Maximum W/C Ratio (Percent) Air Content (Inches) Consistency Range in Slump 7-Day 28-Day A Structural 3200 4000 0.45 4±1 2 to 4* B Pipe Block Fill, Thrust Block ---- 2500 ---- 4±1 5 to 7 *When ASTM C494, Type F or type G admixture is used to increase workability, this range may be 6 to 9. E. Add steel or polypropylene fibers only when called for on the Drawings or in another section of these Specifications. F. Determine air content in accordance with ASTM C138, ASTM C173 or ASTM C231. G. Use of Concrete Classes: Use classes of concrete as indicated on the Drawings and other specifications. Use Class B for unreinforced concrete used for plugging pipes, seal slabs, thrust blocks, trench dams, and concrete fill unless indicated otherwise. Use Class A for all other applications. 2.06 PVC WATERSTOPS A. Extrude from virgin polyvinyl chloride elastomer. Use no reclaimed or scrap material. Submit waterstop manufacturer's current test reports and manufacturer's written certification that the material furnished meets or exceeds Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-0572 and other specified requirements. B. Flat Strip and Center -Bulb Waterstops: As detailed, and as manufactured by: Kirkhill Rubber Co., Brea, California; Water Seals, Inc., Chicago, Illinois; Progress Unlimited, Inc., New York, New York; Greenstreak Plastic Products Co., St. Louis, Missouri; or equal acceptable to the Engineer, provided that at no place shall waterstop thickness be less than 3/8 inch. 2.07 RESILIENT WATERSTOP A. Resilient waterstop, where called for on the Drawings, shall be either a bentonite or adhesive type material. NO 411 r 03305-8 Page 8 of 18 .1101 B. Bentonite Waterstop: 1. Material: 75 percent bentonite, mixed with butyl rubber -hydrocarbon containing less than 1.0 percent volatile matter, and free of asbestos fibers or asphaltics. 2. Manufacturer's rated temperature ranges: For application, 5 to 125 degrees F; in service, -40 to 212 degrees F. 3. Cross -sectional dimensions, unexpanded waterstop: 1 inch by 3/4 inch. 4. Provide with adhesive backing capable of producing excellent adhesion to concrete surfaces. C. Adhesive Waterstop: 1. Adhesive waterstop shall be at least 2 inches in diameter and shall be Synko- Flex preformed plastic adhesive waterstop by Synko-Flex Products, Inc.. or equal. The waterstop shall meet or exceed requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210A. 2. The adhesive waterstop shall be supplied wrapped completely by a two part protective paper. 3. The adhesive waterstop material shall have independent laboratory tests verifying that the material seals joints in concrete against leakage when subjected to a minimum of 30 psi water pressure for at least 72 hours. 4. Primer, to be used on hardened concrete surfaces, shall be provided by the same manufacturer as the waterstop material. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 FORMS AND SHORING A. Provide mortar -tight forms sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. -- Set and maintain forms to lines designated such that finished dimensions of structures are within the tolerances specified in ACI 117. Construct forms to permit removal without damage to concrete. Forms may be given slight draft to permit ease of removal. Provide adequate cleanout openings. Before placing concrete, remove extraneous matter from within forms. B. Install rigid shoring having no excessive settlement or deformation. Use sound timber in shoring centering. Shim to adjust and tighten shoring with hardwood timber wedges. C. Design Loads for Horizontal Surfaces of Forms and Shoring: Minimum fluid pressure, 175 pounds per cubic foot; live load, 50 pounds per square foot. Maximum unit stresses: 125 percent of allowable stresses used for form materials and for design of support structures. 03305-9 Page 9 of 18 D. Back formwork with a sufficient number of studs and wales to prevent deflection. E. Re -oil or lacquer the liner on the job before using. Facing may be constructed of 3/4-inch plywood made with waterproof adhesive backed by adequate studs and wales. In such cases, form lining will not be required. F. Unless otherwise indicated, form outside corners and edges with triangular 3/4-inch chamfer strips (measured on sides). G. Remove metal form ties to depth of at least 3/4 inch from surface of concrete. Do not burn off ties. Do not use pipe spreaders. Remove spreaders which are separate from forms as concrete is being placed. H. Treat facing of forms with approved form coating before concrete is placed. When directed by Engineer, treat both sides of face forms with coating. Apply coating before reinforcement is placed. Immediately before the concrete is placed, wet surface of forms which will come in contact with concrete. 3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcing steel accurately in accordance with approved Drawings. Secure steel adequately in position in forms to prevent misalignment. Maintain reinforcing steel in place using approved concrete and hot -dip galvanized metal chairs and spacers. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars." Request inspection of reinforcing steel by Engineer and obtain acceptance before concrete is placed. B. Minimum spacing center -to -center of parallel bars: 2-1/2 times nominal bar diameter. Minimum cover measured from surface of concrete to face of reinforcing bar unless shown otherwise on the Drawings: 3 inches for surfaces cast against soil or subgrade, 2 inches for other surfaces. C. Detail bars in accordance with ACI 315. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication MSP-1, "Manual of Standard Practice." Bend reinforcing steel to required shape while steel is cold. Excessive irregularities in bending will be cause for rejection. D. Do not splice bars without written approval of Engineer. Approved bar bending schedules or placing drawings constitute written approval. Splice and development length of bars shall conform to ACI 318, Chapters 7 and 12, and as shown on Drawings. Stagger splices or locate at points of low tensile stress. 03305-10 Page l0 of 18 aft WWI AMU 3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Install conduit and piping as shown on the Drawings. Accurately locate and securely fasten conduit, piping and other embedded items in forms. B. Install waterstops as specified in other sections and according to manufacturer's instructions. Securely position waterstops at joints as indicated on Drawings. Protect waterstops from damage or displacement during concrete placing operations. 3.04 BATCHING, MIXING AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver ready -mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Sections 8 through 11. Produce ready -mixed concrete using an automatic batching system as described in NRMCA Concrete Plant Standards, Part 2 - Plant Control Systems. B. Measure, mix and deliver concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C685, Sections 6 though 8. C. Maintain concrete workability without segregation of material and excessive bleeding. Obtain approval of Engineer before adjustment and change of mix proportions. D. Ready -mixed concrete delivered to the site shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing the information required by ASTM C94, Section 16. Concrete produced by continuous mixing shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing the information required by ASTM C685, Section 14. E. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F. F. Clean, maintain and operate equipment so that it thoroughly mixes material as required. G. Hand -mix only when approved by the Engineer. 3.05 PLACING CONCRETE A. Give sufficient advance notice to the Engineer (at least 24 hours prior to commencement of Operations) to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing steel, embedded items and other preparations for placing concrete. Place no concrete prior to the Engineer's approval. 03305-11 Page 11 of 18 B. Schedule concrete placing to permit completion of finishing operations in daylight hours. However, if necessary to continue after daylight hours, light the site as required. If rainfall occurs after placing operations are started, provide covering to protect the Work. C. Use troughs, pipes and chutes lined with approved metal or synthetic material in placing concrete so that concrete ingredients are not separated. Keep chutes, troughs and pipes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete. Allow no aluminum material to be in contact with concrete. D. Limit free fall of concrete to 4 feet. Do not deposit large quantities of concrete at one location so that running or working concrete along forms is required. Do not jar forms after concrete has taken on initial set; do not place any strain on projecting reinforcement or anchor bolts. E. Use tremies for placing concrete in walls and similar narrow or restricted locations. Use tremies made in sections, or provide in several lengths, so that outlet may be adjusted to proper height during placing operations. F. Place concrete in continuous horizontal layers approximately 12 inches thick. Place each layer while layer below is still plastic. G. Compact each layer of concrete with concrete spading implements and mechanical vibrators of approved type and adequate number for the size of placement. When immersion vibrators cannot be used, use form vibrators. Apply vibrators to concrete immediately after depositing. Move the vibrator vertically through the layer of concrete just placed and several inches into plastic layer below. Do not penetrate or disturb layers previously placed which have partially set. Do not use vibrators to aid lateral flow concrete. Closely supervise consolidation to ensure uniform insertion and duration of immersion. H. Handling and Placing Concrete: Conform to ACI 302.IR, ACI 304R and ACI 309R. 3.06 WATERSTOPS A. Embed waterstops in concrete across joints as shown. Waterstops shall be continuous for the extent of the joint; make splices necessary to provide such continuity in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Support and protect waterstops during construction operations; repair or replace waterstops damaged during construction. B. Install waterstops in concrete on one side of joints, leaving other side exposed until the next pour. When a waterstop will remain exposed for 2 days or more, shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct rays of the sun during the entire exposure and until the exposed portion of the waterstop is embedded in concrete. 03305-12 Page 12 of 18 i VMS C. Splicing PVC Waterstops: 1. Splice waterstops by heat -sealing adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Butt end -to -end joints of 2 identical waterstop sections may be made in the forms during placement of waterstop material. 3. Prior to placement in formwork, prefabricate all waterstop joints involving more than two ends to be joined together, an angle cut, an alignment change, or the joining of two dissimilar waterstop sections, allowing not less than 24-inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon inspection and approval by the Engineer, install prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies in formwork, and butt -weld ends of the 24-inch strips to the straight -run portions of waterstop in the forms. D. Setting PVC Waterstops: 1. Correctly position waterstops during installation. Support and anchor waterstops during progress of the work to ensure proper embedment in concrete and to prevent folding over of the waterstop by concrete placement. Locate symmetrical halves of waterstops equally between concrete pours at joints, with center axis coincident with joint openings. Thoroughly work concrete in joint vicinity for maximum density and imperiousness. 2. Where a waterstop in a vertical wall joint does not connect with any other waterstop, and is not intended to be connected to a waterstop in a future concrete placement, terminate the waterstop 6 inches below the top of the wall. E. Replacement of Defective Field Joints: Replace waterstop field joints showing evidence of misalignment, offset, porosity, cracks, bubbles, inadequate bond or other defects with products and joints complying the Contract Documents. F. Resilient Waterstop: 1. Install resilient waterstop in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations except as otherwise indicated and specified. 2. When requested by the Engineer, provide technical assistance by manufacturer's representative in the field at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Use resilient waterstop only where complete confinement by concrete is provided; do not use in expansion or contraction joints. 4. Where resilient waterstop is used in combination with PVC waterstop, lap resilient waterstop over PVC waterstop a minimum of 6 inches and place in contact with the PVC waterstop. Where crossing PVC at right angles, melt PVC ribs to form a smooth joining surface. 5. At the free top of walls without connecting slabs, stop the resilient waterstop and grooves (where used) 6 inches from the top in vertical wall joints. 03305-13 Page 13 of 18 6. Bentonite Waterstop: a. Locate bentonite waterstop as near as possible to the center of the joint and extend continuous around the entire joint. Minimum distance from edge of waterstop to face of member: 5 inches. b. Where thickness of the concrete member to be placed on the bentonite waterstop is less than 12 inches, place waterstop in grooves at least 3/4 inch deep and 1-1/4 inches wide formed or ground into the concrete. Minimum distance from edge of waterstop placed in groove to face of member: 2.5 inches. c. Do not place bentonite waterstop when waterstop material temperature is below 40 degrees F. Waterstop material may be warmed so that it remains above 40 degrees F during placement but means used to warm it shall in no way harm the material or its properties. Do not install waterstop where air temperature falls outside manufacturer's recommended range. d. Place bentonite waterstop only on smooth and uniform surfaces; grind concrete smooth if necessary to produce satisfactory substrate, or bond waterstop to irregular surfaces using an epoxy grout which completely fills voids and irregularities beneath the waterstop material. Prior to installation, wire brush the concrete surface to remove laitance and other substances that may interfere with bonding of epoxy. f. In addition to the adhesive backing provided with the waterstop, secure bentonite waterstop in place with concrete nails and washers at 12-inch maximum spacing. 7. Adhesive Waterstop: a. Thoroughly clean the concrete surface on which the waterstop is to be placed with a wire brush and coat with primer. b. If the surface is too rough to allow the waterstop to form a complete contact, grind to form an adequately smooth surface. c. Install the waterstop with the top protective paper left in place. Overlap joints between strips a minimum of 1 inch and cover back over with the protective paper. d Do not remove protective paper until just before final formwork completion. Concrete shall be placed immediately. The time that the waterstop material is uncovered prior to concrete placement shall be minimized and shall not exceed 24 hours. 03305-14 Page 14 of 18 WINO IMO VON .011 .10 3.07 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Definitions: 1. Construction joint: Contact surface between plastic (fresh) concrete and concrete that has attained initial set. 2. Monolithic: Manner of concrete placement to reduce or eliminate construction joints; joints other than those indicated on Drawings will not be permitted without written approval of Engineer. Where so approved, make additional construction joints with details equivalent to those indicated for joints in similar locations. B. Preparation for Construction Joints: Roughen surface of concrete previously placed, leaving some aggregate particles exposed. Remove laitance and loose materials by sandblasting or high-pressure water blasting. Keep surface wet for several hours prior to placing of plastic concrete. 3.08 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub -finished surface by leaving forms in place for the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing period. Add water as needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. C. Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rub -finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. 03305-15 Page 15 of 18 D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1. After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by Engineer. Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of the compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items, hand -powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage. 3.09 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING A. Remove forms from surfaces requiring rubbing only as rapidly as rubbing operation progresses. Remove forms from vertical surfaces not requiring rub -finish when concrete has aged for the required number of curing days. When curing compound is used, do not remove forms before 2 days after concrete placement. B. Leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. 3.10 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately repair any defective work discovered after forms have been removed. If concrete surface is bulged, uneven, or shows excess honeycombing or form marks which cannot be repaired satisfactorily through patching, remove and replace the entire section. 3.11 FINISHING A. Patch honeycomb, minor defects and form tie holes in concrete surfaces with cement mortar mixed one part cement to two parts fine aggregate. Repair defects by cutting out unsatisfactory material and replacing with new concrete, securely keyed and bonded to existing concrete. Finish to make junctures between patches and existing concrete as inconspicuous as possible. Use a stiff mixture and thoroughly tamp into place. After each patch has stiffened sufficiently to allow for greatest portion of shrinkage, strike off mortar flush with the surface. 03305-16 Page 16 of 18 WWI B. Apply a rubbed finish to exposed surfaces of formed concrete structures as noted on Drawings. After pointing has set sufficiently, wet the surface with a brush and perform first surface rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone or equal. Rub sufficiently to bring surface to paste, to remove form marks and projections. and to produce a smooth, dense surface. Add cement to form surface paste as necessary. Spread or brush material, which has been ground to paste, uniformly over surface and allow to reset. In preparation for final acceptance, clean surfaces and perform final finish rubbing with No. 30 carborundum stone or equal. After rubbing, allow paste on the surface to reset; then wash surface with clean water. Leave structure with a clean, neat and uniform -appearing finish. C. Apply a wood float finish to concrete slabs. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing shall be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the following minimum testing of concrete is required. Testing shall be performed by qualified individuals employed by an approved independent testing agency, and conform to the requirements of ASTM C1077. 1. Take concrete samples in accordance with ASTM C172. 2. Make one set of four compression test specimens for each mix design at least once per day and for each 150 cubic yards or fraction thereof. Make, cure and test the specimens in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. 3. When taking compression test specimens, test each sample for slump according to ASTM C 143, for temperature according to ASTM C 1064, for air content according to ASTM C231, and for unit weight according to ASTM C138. 4. Inspect, sample and test concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Section 13, 14 and 15, and ACI 311-5R. C. Test Cores: Conform to ASTM C42. D. Testing High Early Strength Concrete: When Type III cement is used in concrete, the specified 7-day and 28-day compressive strengths shall be applicable at 3 and 7 days, respectively. E. If 7-day or 3-day test strengths (as applicable for type of cement being used) fail to meet established strength requirements, extended curing or resumed curing on those portions of structure represented by test specimens may be required. If additional curing fails to produce the required strength, strengthening or replacement of portions of structure which fail to develop required strength may be required by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner. 03305-17 Page 17of18 3.13 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the Owner. B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic, and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 03305-18 Page 18 of 18 .44 BROOKS 45 SPARKS, INC. SECTION 03370 CONCRETE CURING CONSULTING ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Curing of structural concrete. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for concrete curing under this Section. Include payment in unit price for structural concrete. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C171 - Standard Specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. B. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. C. ASTM D4887 - Standard Test Method for Preparation of Viscosity Blends for Hot Recycled Bituminous Materials. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Mass Concrete: Concrete sections 4 feet or more in least dimension 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Curing Method: Submit proposed curing method for concrete. When use of membrane -forming compound is proposed, submit manufacturer's technical information including evidence that compound is satisfactory for intended application. Written guarantee is required. State locations where curing compound will be used. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: Conform to ASTM C309, Type 1D, and following requirements: 1. Minimum solids content: 30%. 03370-1 Page I of 4 2. Shall not permanently discolor concrete. When used for liquid containing structures, curing compound shall be white pigmented. 3. When used in areas that are to be coated or that will receive topping or floor covering, material shall not reduce bond of coating, topping or floor covering to concrete. Curing compound manufacturer's technical information shall state conditions under which compound will not prevent bond. 4. Curing compound shall meet all local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. B. Clear Curing and Sealing Compound (VOC Compliance): 1. Compound shall have 30 percent solids content minimum, shall not yellow under ultraviolet light after 500 hours of test in accordance with ASTM D4887 and shall have test data from an independent testing laboratory indicating maximum moisture loss of 0.039 grams per square centimeter when applied at coverage rate of 300 square feet per gallon. 2. Sodium silicate compounds are not permitted. 3. Product shall conform to local, state and federal solvent emission requirements. C. Sheet Material for Curing Concrete: ASTM C171, waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheeting. D. Curing Mats: Curing mats for use in Curing Method 2, as specified herein, shall be heavy shag rugs or carpets or cotton mats quilted at 4 inches on center. Curing mats shall weigh a minimum of 12 ounces per square yard when dry. E. Water for curing shall be clean and potable. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 CURING PROCEDURES A. Protect freshly deposited concrete from premature drying and excessively hot or cold temperatures. Maintain minimal moisture loss and relatively constant temperature during time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening of concrete. B. For concrete surfaces not in contact with forms, use one of following procedures immediately after completion of placement and finishing: 1. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. 2. Absorptive mat or fabric kept continuously wet. 3. Sand or other covering kept continuously wet. 4. Continuous steam bath (not exceeding 150 degrees F at surface of concrete). 5. Vapor mist bath. 03370-2 Page 2 of 4 6. Membrane -forming curing compound applied according to manufacturer's recommendations. After the curing compound has dried, wet slab surfaces and cover with waterproof paper, polyethylene film, or white burlap -polyethylene sheeting after the application of the curing compound. Tape sheet seams together and provide sufficient weights to keep the sheeting in place. Rewet the slab surface, if the sheeting becomes dislodged, and replace the sheeting. 7. Other moisture -retaining coverings as approved by the Engineer. C. Do not use curing compound on surfaces that are to be rubbed or that are to receive additional concrete, mortar, topping, terrazzo or other cementitious finishing materials; slabs under resilient floors or built-up roofing; or surfaces to be waterproofed, sealed, hardened or painted unless curing compound manufacturer certifies that curing compound will not prevent bond to cured surface. D. Exposed interior slabs and troweled slabs receiving mastic applied adhesives, at locations as indicated on the Drawings, shall be cured with specified clear curing and sealing compound. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not store materials directly on curing membranes. Use plywood to protect curing membrane from damage. Membranes damaged by foot traffic or other operations shall be immediately repaired. E. Continue curing until cumulative number of days or fractions of days during which ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F has totaled 7. Curing of water retaining structures shall continue for a total of 14 days. When high -early -strength concrete has been used, continue curing for total of 3 days. Prevent rapid drying at end of curing period. F. Steel forms heated by sun and wood forms in contact with concrete during curing period shall be kept wet. When forms are to be removed during curing period, employ one of above curing materials or methods immediately. Continue such curing for remainder of curing period. G. Temperature: 1. When mean daily temperature of atmosphere is less than 40 degrees F, maintain ambient temperature of concrete between 50 and 70 degrees F for required curing period. When necessary, make arrangements for heating, covering, insulating or housing concrete work in advance of placement to maintain required temperature and moisture conditions. Prevent injury due to concentration of heat. When combustion heaters are necessary in enclosed or protected area where concrete slabs are being placed, vent heaters. 2. In hot weather, make arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding or wet covering of light color in advance of placement. Take such protective measures as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing operations will allow. 03370-3 Page 3 of 4 3. Control changes in temperature of concrete at rate as uniform as possible. Do not permit temperature change to exceed 5 degrees F in any one hour or 50 degrees F in any 24-hour period. H. During curing period, protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances, particularly load stresses, heavy shock and excessive vibration. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage caused by construction equipment, materials or methods and by rain or running water. Do not load self-supporting structures in way that overstresses concrete. 3.02 CURING MASS CONCRETE A. Observe following additional restrictions when curing mass concrete: 1. Minimum curing period: Two weeks. 2. When ambient air temperature falls below 32 degrees F, protect surface of concrete against freezing. 3. Do not use steam or other curing methods that will add heat to concrete. 4. Keep forms and exposed concrete continuously wet for at least first 48 hours after placing, and whenever surrounding air temperature is above 90 degrees F during final curing period. 5. During 2-week curing period, provide necessary controls to prevent ambient air temperature immediately adjacent to concrete from falling more than 30 degrees F in 24 hours. END OF SECTION 03370-4 Page 4 of 4